ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (13,830)
  • Journals
  • 2005-2009  (5,015)
  • 1985-1989  (8,827)
Collection
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
  • 1
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95729
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 354 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 0195154312 , 9780195154313 , 978-0-19-515431-3
    Series Statement: Long-Term Ecological Research Network Series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Contributors Part I. Alaska's Past and Present Environment 1. The Conceptual Basis of LTER Studies in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / F. Stuart Chapin III, john Yarie, Keith Van Cleve, and Leslie A. Viereck 2. Regional Overview of Interior Alaska / James E. Beget, David Stone, and David L Verbyla 3. State Factor Control of Soil Formation in Interior Alaska / Chien-Lu Ping, Richard D. Boone, Marcus H. Clark, Edmond C. Packee, and David K. Swanson 4. Climate and Permafrost Dynamics of the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Larry D. Hinzman, Leslie A. Viereck, Phyllis C. Adams, Vladimir E. Romanovsky, and Kenji Yoshikawa 5. Holocene Development of the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Andrea H. Lloyd, Mary E. Edwards, Bruce P. Finney, Jason A. Lynch, Valerie Barber, and Nancy H. Bigelow Part II. Forest Dynamics 6. Floristic Diversity and Vegetation Distribution in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / F. Stuart Chapin III, Teresa Hollingsworth, David F. Murray, Leslie A. Viereck, and Marilyn D. Walker 7. Successional Processes in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / F. Stuart Chapin III, Leslie A. Viereck, Phyllis C. Adams, Keith Van Cleve, Christopher L. Fastie, Robert A. Ott, Daniel Mann, and Jill F. Johnstone 8. Mammalian Herbivore Population Dynamics in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Eric Rexstad and Knut Kielland 9. Dynamics of Phytophagous Insects and Their Pathogens in Alaskan Boreal Forests / Richard A. Werner, Kenneth F. Raffa, and Barbara L. Illman 10. Running Waters of the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Mark W. Oswood, Nicholas F. Hughes, and Alexander M. Milner Part III. Ecosystem Dynamics 11. Controls over Forest Production in Interior Alaska / John Yarie and Keith Van Cleve 12. The Role of Fine Roots in the Functioning of Alaskan Boreal Forests / Roger W. Ruess, Ronald L. Hendrick, Jason C. Vogel, and Bjartmar Sveinbjornsson 13. Mammalian Herbivory, Ecosystem Engineering, and Ecological Cascades in Alaskan Boreal Forests / Knut Kielland, John P. Bryant, and Roger W. Ruess 14. Microbial Processes in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Joshua P. Schimel and F. Stuart Chapin III 15. Patterns of Biogeochemistry in Alaskan Boreal Forests / David W. Valentine, Knut Kielland, F. Stuart Chapin III, A. David McCuire, and Keith Van Cleve Part IV. Changing Regional Processes 16. Watershed Hydrology and Chemistry in the Alaskan Boreal Forest: The Central Role of Permafrost / Larry D. Hinzman, W. Robert Bolton, Kevin C. Petrone, Jeremy B. Jones, and Phyllis C. Adams 17. Fire Trends in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Eric S. Kasischke, T. Scott Rupp, and David L. Verbyla 18. Timber Harvest in Interior Alaska / Tricia L. Wurtz, Robert A. Ott, and John C. Maisch 19. Climate Feedbacks in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / A. David McCuire and F. Stuart Chapin III 20. Communication of Alaskan Boreal Science with Broader Communities / Elena B. Sparrow, Janice C. Dawe, and F. Stuart Chapin III 21. Summary and Synthesis: Past and Future Changes in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / F. Stuart Chapin III, A. David McCuire, Roger W. Ruess, Marilyn W. Walker, Richard D. Boone, Mary E. Edwards, Bruce P. Finney, Larry D. Hinzman, Jeremy B. Jones, Clenn P. Juday, Eric S. Kasischke, Knut Kielland, Andrea H. Lloyd, Mark W. Oswood, Chien-Lu Ping, Eric Rexstad, Vladimir E. Romanovsky, Joshua P. Schimel, Elena B. Sparrow, Bjartmar Sveinbjornsson, David W. Valentine, Keith Van Cleve, David L. Verbyla, Leslie A. Viereck, Richard A. Werner, Tricia L. Wurtz, and John Yarie Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Dordrecht [u.a.]] : Springer
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 831 S. , Illustrationen , 193 x 260 mm
    Edition: 2. ed. Softcover reprint of the original 2nd ed. 2009
    ISBN: 9789402404470 , 9402404473
    Language: English
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Novosibirsk : Izdatel'stvo "Nauka", Sibirskoe otdelenie
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-801-619
    In: Trudy Instituta Geologii i Geofiziki, Vypusk 619
    Description / Table of Contents: Translation of abstract: The collection is devoted to the stratigraphy and paleontology of the Paleozoic West Siberian Plate and its mountain frame. Refined stratigraphic schemes for Paleozoic deposits of the West Siberian Plate and Devonian deposits of the Rudny Altai are proposed, and the Devonian stratigraphic units of Salair, Altai and the Urals are compared. Considerable attention is paid to the systematic description of new species and larger taxa of foraminifera, polychaetes, algae, spores, their use for biostratigraphic division and correlation of Paleozoic deposits is considered, and the issue of the geographical type of fauna is addressed. The book is intended for geologists-stratigraphers, paleontologists, petroleum geologists, specialists in paleogeography and regional geology.
    Description / Table of Contents: Сборник посвящен стратиграфии и палеонтологии палеозоя Западно-Сибирской плиты и ее горного обрамления. Предлагаются уточненные схемы стратиграфии палеозойских отложений Западно-Сибирской плиты, девонских отложений Рудного Алтая, сопоставляются стратиграфические подразделения девона Салаира, Алтая и Уpaлa. Значительное внимание уделено систематическому описанию новых видов и более крупных таксонов фораминифер, полихет, водорослей, спор, рассматривается применение их для биостратиграфического расчленения и корреляции палеозойских отложений, затрагивается вопрос географического типа фауны. Книrа рассчитана на геологов-стратиграфов, палеонтологов, геологов-нефтяников, специалистов по палеогеографии и региоиальной гeoлoгии.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 228 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Trudy Instituta Geologii i Geofiziki Vypusk 619
    Language: Russian
    Note: Translation of Table of Contents Preface Paleozoic stratigraphy of the southeastern part of the West Siberian plate / V.N. Dubatolov, V.I. Krasnov, O.I. Bogush, V.M. Zadorozhny, S.A. Stepanov, L.S., Ratanov, V.I. Bijakov, N.P. Zapivalov, Z.Ya. Serdyuk, I.P. Mukhina Foraminifera and stratigraphy of the Lower Carboniferous of the West Siberian Plate / O.I. Bogush Findings of Middle Paleoeoic polychaetes in the southeastern part of the West Siberian Plate / R.M. Myannil, N.M. Zaslavskaya Algae of the Middle and Upper Devonian of Western Siberia and the Urals / B.I. Chuvashov, O.V. Yuferev, V.A. Luchinina About the boundary of the Lower and Middle Devonian. Ostracode associations / E.N. Polenova Distribution of foraminifera in typical Devonian sections of the Kuznetsk Basin margins / V.M. Zadorozhny Stratigraphy of Devonian deposits of the Rubtsovsky ore district (Rudny Altai) / V.M. Chekalin, V.A. Zheltonogova Comparison of Devonian deposits of Salair, Altai and the Urals based on materials from the study of crinoids / Yu.A. Dubatolova, E.V. Dubatolova, V.S. Militsina The first finds of spores in the Middle Devonian deposits of the Nazarovo depression of the Minusinsk trough / L.N. Peterson, A.P. Kosorukov On the age and geographical type of fauna from the Upper Paleozoic deposits of the Pavlodar Irtysh region / O.A. Betekhtina Application , СОДЕРЖАНИЕ Предисловие Стратиграфия палеозоя юго-восточной части Западно-Сибирской плиты / В.Н. Дубатолов, В.И. Краснов, О.И. Богуш, В.М. Задорожный, С.А. Степанов, Л.С, Ратанов, В.И. Биджаков, Н.П. Запивалов, З.Я. Сердюк, И.П. Мухина Фораминиферы и стратиграфия нижнего карбона Западно-Сибирской плиты / О.И. Богуш Находки среднепалеоэойских полихет в юго-восточной части Западно-Сибирской плиты / Р.М. Мянниль, Н.М. Заславская Водоросли среднего и верхнего девона Западной Сибири и Урала / Б.И. Чувашов, О.В. Юферев, В.А. Лучинина О границе нижнего и среднего девона. Остракодовые ассоциации / Е.Н. Поленова Распространение фораминифер в типовых разрезах девона окраин Кузнецкого бассейна / В.М. Задорожный Стратиграфия девонских отложений Рубцовского рудного района ( Рудный Алтай) / В.М. Чекалин, В.А. Желтоногова Сопоставление девонских отложений Салаира, Алтая и Урала по материалам изучения криноидей / Ю.А. Дубатолова, Е.В. Дубатолова, В.С. Милицина Первые находки спор в среднедевонских отложениях Назаровской впадины Минусинского прогиба / Л.Н. Петерсон, А.П. Косоруков О возрасте и географическом типе фауны из верхнепалеозойских отложений Павлодарского Прииртышья / О.А. Бетехтина Приложение , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Call number: 9/M 93.0059/24 ; 9/M 92.1247 ; M 92.0581 ; 92.1359
    In: Geological Society special publication
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VIII, 394 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 0632015616
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication 24
    Language: English
    Note: J. B. Dawson, D. A. Carswell, J. Hall, and K.H. Wedepohl: Introduction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:vii-viii, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.01 --- R. Meissner: Twenty years of deep seismic reflection profiling in Germany—a contribution to our knowledge of the nature of the lower Variscan crust / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:1-10, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.02 --- D. H. Matthews: Seismic reflections from the lower crust around Britain / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:11-21, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.03 --- S. B. Smithson: A physical model of the lower crust from North America based on seismic reflection data / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:23-34, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.04 --- V. Haak and R. Hutton: Electrical resistivity in continental lower crust / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:35-49, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.05 --- J. Hall: The physical properties of layered rocks in deep continental crust / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:51-62, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.06 --- D. S. Chapman: Thermal gradients in the continental crust / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:63-70, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.07 --- J. F. Dewey: Diversity in the lower continental crust / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:71-78, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.08 --- N. J. Kusznir and R. G. Park: Continental lithosphere strength: the critical role of lower crustal deformation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:79-93, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.09 --- K. Weber: Metamorphism and crustal rheology—implications for the structural development of the continental crust during prograde metamorphism / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:95-106, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.10 --- S. A. F. Murrell: The role of deformation, heat, and thermal processes in the formation of the lower continental crust / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:107-117, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.11 --- K. Fuchs: Intraplate seismicity induced by stress concentration at crustal heterogeneities—the Hohenzollern Graben, a case history / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:119-132, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.12 --- K. Lambeck: Crustal structure and evolution of the central Australian basins / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:133-145, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.13 --- R. W. Kay and S. M. Kay: Petrology and geochemistry of the lower continental crust: an overview / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:147-159, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.14 --- J. Touret: Fluid inclusions in rocks from the lower continental crust / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:161-172, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.15 --- S. R. Taylor and S.M. McLennan: The chemical composition of the Archaean crust / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:173-178, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.16 --- R. L. Rudnick and S. R. Taylor: Geochemical constraints on the origin of Archaean tonalitic-trondhjemitic rocks and implications for lower crustal composition / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:179-191, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.17 --- D. A. Carswell and S.J. Cuthbert: Eclogite facies metamorphism in the lower continental crust / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:193-209, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.18 --- S. Moorbath and P.N. Taylor: Geochronology and related isotope geochemistry of high-grade metamorphic rocks from the lower continental crust / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:211-220, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.19 --- B. F. Windley and J. Tarney: The structural evolution of the lower crust of orogenic belts, present and past / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:221-230, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.20 --- C. Pin and J. D. Sills: Petrogenesis of layered gabbros and ultramafic rocks from Val Sesia, the Ivrea Zone, NW Italy: trace element and isotope geochemistry / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:231-249, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.21 --- S. Robertson: Evolution of the late Archaean lower continental crust in southern West Greenland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:251-260, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.22 --- L. Schiøtte, D. Bridgwater, K.D. Collerson, A.P. Nutman, and A.B. Ryan: Chemical and isotopic effects of late Archaean high-grade metamorphism and granite injection on early Archaean gneisses, Saglek-Hebron, northern Labrador / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:261-273, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.23 --- D. M. Shaw, J. J. Cramer, M. D. Higgins, and M. G. Truscott: Composition of the Canadian Precambrian shield and the continental crust of the earth / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:275-282, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.24 --- M. Raith and P. Raase: High grade metamorphism in the granulite belt of Finnish Lapland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:283-295, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.25 --- R. C. Newton and E.C. Hansen: The South India-Sri Lanka high-grade terrain as a possible deep-crust section / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:297-307, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.26 --- H.-G. Stosch, G. W. Lugmair, and H.A. Seck: Geochemistry of granulite-facies lower crustal xenoliths: implications for the geological history of the lower continental crust below the Eifel, West Germany / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:309-317, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.27 --- H. Downes and A. Leyreloup: Granulitic xenoliths from the French Massif Central—petrology, Sr and Nd isotope systematics and model age estimates / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:319-330, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.28 --- J. R. Broadhurst: Mineral reactions in xenoliths from the Colorado Plateau; implications for lower crustal conditions and fluid composition / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:331-349, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.29 --- P. W. C. van Calsteren, N. B. W. Harris, C. J. Hawkesworth, M. A. Menzies, and N. W. Rogers: Xenoliths from southern Africa: a perspective on the lower crust / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:351-362, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.30 --- W. L. Griffin and S. Y. O’Reilly: The lower crust in eastern Australia: xenolith evidence / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 24:363-374, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.024.01.31
    Location: Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Novosibirsk : Izdatel'stvo "Nauka", Sibirskoe otdelenie
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-805-636
    In: Trudy Instituta Geologii i Geofiziki, Vypusk 636
    Description / Table of Contents: Статьи сборника вносят определенный вклад в развитие системного подхода к познанию морфологических особенностей нашей планеты. Их авторы пришли к выводу, что в основу классификации рельефа должен быть положен балансовый принцип, поскольку перемешение минеральных масс как на поверхности Земли, так и в горизонтах лито- и астеносферы составляет сушность морфогенеза - ведушей фopмы движения материи, определяюшей динамическое состояние любой геоморфологической системы и позволяюшей прогнозировать ее устойчивость под влиянием различных антропогенных воздействий. Книга рассчитана на специалистов, работаюших в области геологии, геоморфологии и географии.
    Description / Table of Contents: Translation of the abstract: The articles in the collection make a certain contribution to the development of a systematic approach to understanding the morphological features of our planet. Their authors came to the conclusion that the classification of relief should be based on the balance principle, since the movement of mineral masses both on the surface of the Earth and in the horizons of the litho- and asthenosphere constitutes the dryness of morphogenesis - the leading form of movement of matter that determines the dynamic state of any geomorphological system and allowing one to predict its stability under the influence of various anthropogenic influences. The book is intended for specialists working in the field of geology, geomorphology and geography.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 148 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Trudy Instituta Geologii i Geofiziki 636
    Language: Russian
    Note: СОДЕРЖАНИЕ Предисnовие Новые пути в геоморфологии ее роль в развитии производительных сил Сибири / В. А. Николаев Рельеф и системный подход / О. В. Кашменская Новизна и перспективы системного подхода в геоморфологии (в связи с вопросами rеоморфолоrического картирования) / З. М. Хворостова Геоморфологическая формация и природно-территориалъный комплекс / Л. С. Миляева Корреляция вершинной и базисной поверхностей / Э. Л. Якименко, Н. С. Маковская, В. С. Порядин Особенности геолого-геоморфологическоrо изучения сейсмичности Алтае-Саянской горной области / Г. А. Чернов Рельеф и перспективы сельскохозяйственного использования земельных ресурсов Западно-Сибирской равнины / В. А. Николаев , Д. В. Пучкова , Translation of Table of Contents Preface New paths in geomorphology and its role in the development of the productive forces of Siberia / V. A. Nikolaev Relief and systematic approach / O. V. Kashmenskaya Novelty and prospects of a systematic approach in geomorphology (in connection with issues of geomorphological mapping) / Z. M. Khvorostova Geomorphological formation and natural-territorial complex / L. S. Milyaeva Correlation of vertex and base surfaces / E. L. Yakimenko, N. S. Makovskaya, V. S. Poryadin Features of geological and geomorphological study of seismicity in the Altai-Sayan mountain region / G. A. Chernov Relief and prospects for agricultural use of land resources of the West Siberian Plain / V. A. Nikolaev, D. V. Puchkova , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    facet.materialart.12
    Boca Raton, FL : CRC Press
    Call number: 9781420073072 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: As we discover more about the role of the ocean in global changes and identify the effects of global change on the ocean, understanding its chemical composition and processes becomes increasingly paramount. However, understanding these processes requires a wide range of measurements in the vast ocean, from the sea surface to deep-ocean trenches, from the tropics to the poles. Practical Guidelines for the Analysis of Seawater provides a common analytical basis for generating quality-assured and reliable data on chemical parameters in the ocean. A source of practical know-how, the book covers sampling and storage, analytical methodology, and guidelines and procedures for quality assurance. It presents analytical methods with the step-by-step procedures that help practitioners implement these methods successfully into the laboratory, making them instantly applicable without consulting further literature. The book also contains essential information for developing or improving quality control and quality assurance programs in the laboratory. It includes the availability and measurement of standard reference materials, blank estimation and correction, control of recoveries, and statistical evaluation of quality assurance data. Analytical chemistry is a very active and fast moving area. Despite the development of innovative new analytical techniques for chemical trace element research, obtaining reliable data at ultra-trace levels remains a formidable challenge. A complete and practical guide, this book delineates proven methods that consistently yield reproducible data in routine work.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 401 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-1-4200-7307-2 , 9781420073072
    Series Statement: Environmental science and technology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Editor Contributors Chapter 1 Sampling and Sample Treatments / Oliver Wurl Chapter 2 Analysis of Dissolved and Particulate Organic Carbon with the HTCO Technique / Oliver Wurl and Tsai Min Sin Chapter 3 Spectrophotometric and Chromatographic Analysis of Carbohydrates in Marine Samples / Christos Panagiotopoulos and Oliver Wurl Chapter 4 The Analysis of Amino Acids in Seawater / Thorsten Dittmar, Jennifer Cherrier, and Kai-Uwe Ludwichowski Chapter 5 Optical Analysis of Chromophoric Dissolved Organic Matter / Norman B. Nelson and Paula G. Coble Chapter 6 Isotope Composition of Organic Matter in Seawater / Laodong Guo and Ming-Yi Sun Chapter 7 Determination of Marine Gel Particles / Anja Engel Chapter 8 Nutrients in Seawater Using Segmented Flow Analysis / Alain Aminot, Roger Kérouel, and Stephen C. Coverly Chapter 9 Dissolved Organic and Particulate Nitrogen and Phosphorous / Gerhard Kattner Chapter 10 Pigment Applications in Aquatic Systems / Karen Helen Wiltshire Chapter 11 Determination of DMS, DMSP, and DMSO in Seawater / Jacqueline Stefels Chapter 12 Determination of Iron in Seawater / Andrew R. Bowie and Maeve C. Lohan Chapter 13 Radionuclide Analysis in Seawater / Mark Baskaran, Gi-Hoon Hong, and Peter H. Santschi Chapter 14 Sampling and Measurements of Trace Metals in Seawater / Sylvia G. Sander, Keith Hunter, and Russell Frew Chapter 15 Trace Analysis of Selected Persistent Organic Pollutants in Seawater / Oliver Wurl Chapter 16 Pharmaceutical Compounds in Estuarine and Coastal Waters / John L. Zhou and Zulin Zhang Appendix A: First Aid for Common Problems with Typical Analytical Instruments Appendix B: Chemical Compatibilities and Physical Properties of Various Materials Appendix C: Water Purification Technologies
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Call number: M 24.95704
    Description / Table of Contents: 32 Modellbaubögen ermöglichen, Kristalle sämtlicher Klassen selbst zusammenzubauen. Eine kurze Einführung, eine übersichtliche Tabelle der 32 Kristallklassen sowie ein Lernkartensystem komplettieren das Heft. ""Kristallmodelle"" ist im Set mit weiteren Titeln zum Sonderpreis erhältlich (s. S. 28f.)
    Description / Table of Contents: 32 Modellbaubögen ermöglichen, Kristalle sämtlicher Klassen selbst zusammenzubauen. Eine kurze Einführung, eine übersichtliche Tabelle der 32 Kristallklassen sowie ein Lernkartensystem komplettieren das Heft. "Kristallmodelle" ist im Set mit weiteren Titeln zum Sonderpreis erhältlich (s. S. 28f.)
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 12 Seiten, 32 [Blatt] , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-486-58449-3
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Language: German
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Call number: AWI E2-24-95714
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 216 Seiten , Illustrationen , 300 mm x 215 mm
    ISBN: 3865682855 , 9783865682857 , 978-3-86568-285-7
    Series Statement: Schriften des Historischen Museums Frankfurt am Main 26
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort und Dank Widmung Frühes Wissen um den Nordpol Der Globus des Johannes Schöner von 1515 Theodor de Bry als Verleger von Barentsz und Hudsons Polarfahrten Die Globen von Andreae (1717), Doppelmayr (1730 und 1792) und Klinger (1792) in der Frankfurter Stadtbibliothek »Zwei Grönländer« im Prehn'schen Kabinett Die Nordfahrt des Georg Berna 1861 Das Personal Die Reise Der Beginn deutscher Polarforschung Das offene Polarmeer? Die erste Versammlung Deutscher Meister und Freunde der Erdkunde am 23. und 24. Juli 1865 in Frankfurt am Main Die Erste Deutsche Nordpolar-Expedition von 1868 Die Zweite Deutsche Nordpolar-Expedition von 1869/1870 Die Österreich-Ungarische Nordpolar-Expedition von 1872-1874 Julius Payer vor 1871 Carl Weyprecht vor 1871 Die Vorexpedition von 1871 Die Österreich-Ungarische Nordpolar-Expedition von 1872 bis 1874 Carl Weyprecht nach 1874: Die Begründung der Internationalen Polarjahre Julius Payer nach 1874 Nachruhm Erstes Internationales Polarjahr und Kontinentalverschiebung Das Erste Internationale Polarjahr Der Frankfurter Verein für Geographie und Statistik Die Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft Theodor Lerner, Polarfahrer Andrée, »Fauna Árctica« und die Bäreninsel Eine Überwinterung auf Spitzbergen Die Rettungsexpedition von 1913 Forschen für Senckenberg Auf nach Grönland! Die Erste Hessische Grönlandexpedition von Hans Krüger und Fritz Klute 1925 Waldemar Coste und der Film »Milak der Grönlandjäger« 1926 Die Zweite Hessische Grönlandexpedition 1929/1930 und das Verschwinden Hans Krügers Friedrich Sieburg und Anne Schmücker als Propagandisten Grönlands Johannes Georgi »im Eis vergraben« 1930/1931 Die Internationalen Polarjahre Und der Südpol? Georg von Neumayers unermüdliche Agitation Die drei deutschen Expeditionen in antarktische Gewässer Anhang Literaturverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Impressum
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : VEB Verlag für Bauwesen
    Call number: PIK N 453-92-1021 ; MOP 47531 / Mitte ; AWI G4-24-76894
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 408 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2., bearbeitete Auflage
    ISBN: 3345001306 , 3-345-00130-6
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Teil 1. Übersicht 1. Der Gegenstand der Hydrologie 2. Wassermengen, Wasserkreislauf und Wasserbilanz der Erde 2.1. Die Evolution der Hydrosphäre und des Wasserkreislaufes 2.2. Die Wassermengen der Erde 2.3. Der Wasserkreislauf der Erde 2.4. Die Wasserbilanz der Erde 3. Energie- und Stoffhaushalt 3.1. Besonderheiten des Naturstoffes Wasser 3.2. Wasserkreislauf und Wasserbeschaffenheit 3.3. Energiehaushalt 3.4. Stoffhaushalt 3.4.1. Allgemeines 3.4.2. Sauerstoff-Kohlenstoff-Haushalt 3.4.3. Stickstoffkreislauf 3.4.4. Phosphorkreislauf 3.4.5. Schwefelkreislauf 3.4.6. Stoffaustrag aus den Einzugsgebieten 3.4.7. Auswirkungen der Verschmutzung und Sanierungsmöglichkeiten bei den Haupttypen der Gewässer 3.4.8. Wasserschadstoffe 4. Die wichtigsten hydrologischen Prozesse und Systeme 4.1. Prozesse, Systeme und Modelle 4.2. Das Wasser im System Boden - Pflanze - Atmosphäre 4.3. Das Wasser im Einzugsgebiet 4.4. Das Maßstabsproblem 5. Zur Geschichte der Hydrologie 6. Bedeutung der Hydrologie für die Volkswirtschaft 6.1. Wasserressourcen und Wasserbewirtschaftung 6.2. Hydrologie - Basiswissenschaft der Wasserressourcen-Bewirtschaftung Literaturverzeichnis zum Teil 1 Teil 2. Erfassung und Ausweitung hydrologischer Daten 7. Hydrometrie 7.1. Aufgaben und Inhalt der Hydrometrie 7.2. Wasserstand 7.2.1. Kriterien für die Standortwahl der Meßstellen 7.2.2. Nichtregistrierende Pegel 7.2.3. Mechanischer Schwimmerschreibpegel 7.2.4. Druckluftpegel 7.2.5. Fernpegel 7.3. Durchfluß 7.3.1. Der Zweck von Durchflußmessungen 7.3.2. Messung des Druchflusses mit Hilfe des Flügels 7.3.3. Auswertung der Flügelmessung 7.3.4. Verdünnungsmessungen 7.3.5. Meßwehre 7.3.6. Venturikanal 7.3.7. Ultraschallmessung 7.3.8. Wasserstand-Durchfluß-Beziehung 7.4. Grundwasserbeobachtung 7.4.1. Überblick 7.4.2. Messung des Grundwasserstandes 7.4.3. Quellschüttungsmessungen 7.4.4. Durchfluß- und Beschaflenheitsmessungen 8. Zur Auswertung hydrologischer Daten 8.1. Überblick 8.2. Ganglinie, Summen-und SummendifTerenzlinie 8.3. Primärstatistische Auswertung 8.3.1. Häufigkeiten 8.3.2. Summenhäuflgkeiten 8.3.3. Statistische Maßzahlen 8.3.4. Gewässerkundliche Hauptzahlen 8.4. Wahrscheinlichkeitsanalysen 8.4.1. Begriffe und grundsätzliche Zusammenhänge 8.4.2. Die Normalverteilung 8.4.3. Aufbau und Nutzung von Wahrscheinlichkeitsnetzen 8.4.4. Die Pearsonverteilung Typ III 8.4.5. Das Wiederkehrintervall 8.5. Korrelationsanalyse 8.5.1. Korrelationskoeffizient 8.5.2. Reihenkorrelationskoeflizient Literaturverzeichnis zum Teil 2 Teil 3: Die Elemente des Wasserhaushalts 9. Der Niederschlag 9.1. Haupttypen und Arten des Niederschlags 9.2. Niederschlagsmessung 9.2.1. Punktuelle Niederschlagsmessung 9.2.2. Messung des Gebietsniederschlags 9.3. Auswertung von Punkt- und Gebietsniederschlagsmessungen 9.3.1. Punktniederschläge 9.3.2. Gebietsniederschläge für Einzugsgebiete 9.4. Stark-und Bemessungsniederschläge 9.5. Zeitliche und räumliche Verteilung des Niederschlags 9.6. Stochastische Analyse und Simulation des Niederschlags 9.6.1. Aufgabe 9.6.2. Modelle mit geringer zeitlicher Auflösung (Monats- und Jahreswerte) 9.6.3. Modelle hoher zeitlicher Auflösung 9.7. Wasserabgabe aus der Schneedecke 9.7.1. Grundbegriffe und Grundlagen 9.7.2. Ermittlung der Wasserabgabe aus der Schneedecke 10. Verdunstung 10.1. Begriffe, Prozesse und Aufgabenstellung 10.2. Messung der Verdunstung 10.3. Berechnung der potentiellen Evapotranspiration 10.3.1. Berechnung langjähriger Mittelwerte von ETP 10.3.2. Berechnung aktueller Einzelwerte von ETP 10.4. Berechnung der realen Verdunstung 10.4.1. Berechnung langjähriger Mittelwerte von ETR 10.4.2. Berechnung aktueller Werte der realen Verdunstung 10.4.3. Berechnung der Gebietsverdunstung aus'Klimabeobachtungen 10.5. Verdunstung freier Wasserflächen 10.5.1. Allgemeines 10.5.2. Bestimmung der Gewässerverdunstung nach Daten von Floßverdunstungskesseln 10.5.3. Berechnung der Gewässerverdunstung nach der Wärmehaushaltsmethode 10.5.4. Aerodynamische Methode 10.5.5. Ermittlung der Gewässerverdunstung aus Klimabeobachtungen 11. Der Abfluß 11.1. Allgemeine Grundlagen 11.2. Die Abflußkomponenten 11.2.1. Allgemeines 11.2.2. Durchflußganglinien-Seperation nach dem Einzellinearspeicher-Prinzip 11.2.3. Die Bilanzierung der separierten Durchflußganglinie 11.3. Stochastische Analyse von Durchflußbeobachtungsreihen 11.4. Langfristige Durchflußschwankungen 11.5. Mathematische Modelle zur stochastischen Simulation des Durchflußprozesses 11.5.1. Grundlagen 11.5.2. Grundtypen stochastischer Modelle 11.5.3. Zur Identifikation des Modelltyps 11.6. Inneijährliche Durchflußschwankungen 11.6.1. Darstellung der inneijährlichen Durchflußschwankungen 11.6.2. Modellierung des Jahrgangs 11.7. Abfluß-und Durchflußänderungen infolge anthropogener Einflüsse 12. Die Speicherung in den Einzugsgebieten 12.1. Übersicht 12.2. Wasserspeicherung in der Schneedecke 12.3. Wasserspeicherung in oberirdischen Gewässern 12.4. Wasserspeicherung in der ungesättigten Bodenzone 12.5. Wasserspeicherung in der Grundwasserzone 12.6. Größenvergleich natürlicher und künstlicher Speicherräume Literaturverzeichnis zum Teil 3 Teil 4: Die oberirdischen Gewässer 13. Die fließenden oberirdischen Gewässer und ihre Einzugsgebiete 13.1. Übersicht, Begriffe 13.2. Strukturen und Eigenschaften von Flußgebieten 13.2.1. Übersiqht 13.2.2. Flußnötze 13.2.3. Flußlängen 13.2.4. Einzugsgebietsflächen 13.2.5. Gefällewerte 13.2.6. Die hypsometrische (Flächen-Höhen)Kurve 13.2.7. Weitere geomorphologische Kennwerte 13.3. Maßverhältnisse der Flußbetten 13.3.1. Flußbettbildung 13.3.2. Der Grundriß der Flüsse 13.3.3. Der Längsschnitt der Flüsse 13.3.4. Der Querschnitt der Flüsse und hydraulische Flußbettgeometrie 13.4. Der Durchfluß der Flüsse 13.4.1. Berechnung des Durchflusses in den Fließgewässern 13.4.2. Durchflußkomponenten und Durchflußbereiche 13.4.3. Flußtypen 13.5. Stoffabtrag und Stoffiransport 13.5.1. Übersicht 13.5.2. Bodenerosion durch Wasser 13.5.3. Linienhafter Abtrag durch fließendes Wasser und Feststoffiransport 13.5.4. Gelöste Stoffe 13.6. Wärmehaushalt der Fließgewässer 13.6.1. Berechnung der Wassertemperatur in Fließgewässern 13.6.2. Eisbildung in fließenden Gewässern 13.7. Nutzung und Schutz der Fließgewässer 13.7.1. Selbstreinigung der Fließgewässer 13.7.2. Klassifizierung der Wasserbeschaffenheit 14. Die stehenden oberirdischen Gewässer 14.1. Übersicht 14.2. Die Gestalt der Seen und ihre Veränderung 14.2.1. Die wichtigsten morphometrischen Kennwerte 14.2.2. Die Verlandung der Seen 14.3. Hydrologische Seentypen und hydrologische Zusammensetzung des Seewassers 14.4. Wärmehaushalt der Seen 14.4.1. Wärmebilanz und Wärmegehalt der Seen 14.4.2. Thermik der Seen 14.5. Wasserbewegung und Austausch in Seen 14.5.1. Charakter und biologische Bedeutung der Wasserbewegung 14.5.2. Wellenbewegungen 14.5.3. Strömungen in Seen 14.5.4. Numerische Modellierung der Zirkulation in Seen 14.6. Nutzung und Schutz der Standgewässer 14.6.1. Klassifizierung der stehenden Oberflächengewässer 14.6.2. Wassergüte-Bewirtschaftungsstrategien für stehende Oberflächengewässer 14.7. Seerückhalt Literaturverzeichnis zum Teil 4 Teil 5: Das unterirdische Wasser 15. Das Wasser in der Aerationszone 15.1. Die Stellung der Aerationszone im hydrologischen Kreislauf 15.2. Korngrößenverteilung im Boden 15.3. Porosität und Dichte 15.4. Der Wassergehalt des Bodens 15.5. Ginteilung des Bodenwassers nach den wirksamen Kräften 15.6. Charakteristische Werte der Wasserbindung 15.7. Potentiale des Bodenwassers 15.8. Die Saugspannung-Sättigungs-Beziehung 16. Das Grundwasser 16.1. Grundwasser und sein vielfältiges Vorkommen 16.2. Grundwasserleiter 16.3. Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Aerations- und Grundwasserzone 16.4. Unterirdisches Einzugsgebiet, Gefälle und Fließrichtung des Grundwassers 16.5. Grundwasserstandsschwankungen und ihre Ursachen 16.6. Probleme und Aufgaben der Grundwasserbewirtschaftung 17. Die Dynamik des unterirdischen Wassers 17.1. Überblick 17.2. Die dynamische Grundgleic
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Location: MOP - must be ordered
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boulder, Colo. : The Geological Society of America
    Associated volumes
    Call number: MR 22.94999 ; MR 22.94999 (2. Ex.)
    In: vol. A ; [Text]
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IX, 619 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 2 Mikrofiches
    ISBN: 0813752078
    Series Statement: Geology of Canada ...
    Language: English
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Call number: AWI P5-24-95011
    Description / Table of Contents: The greatest wilderness on earth, the circumpolar Arctic has for centuries stirred our imagination and challenged us to explore its vast lands and seas. The Arctic World captures the spirit of this most northerly frontier - the majesty of its landscapes, the beauty of its plants and animals, the remarkable history of its peoples. Encompassing the northern reaches of seven countries and an area of 28 million square miles, the Arctic is, in fact, one natural realm where plants, animals and humans have learned to live in a hostile climate. Its expanses of land and water, however, are not always the barren tracts of popular myth. There are towering mountain ranges, the largest forest in the world, spectacular displays of flowers in the spring, and -a rich variety of sea and land birds and mammals. Its people range from the Inuit of the Canadian Arctic, Greenland and Alaska to the Lapps of Scandinavia and the Chukchi of Siberia. The Arctic World offers an exciting visual journey through this immense land. The 130 color and 100 black and white photographs, taken in each of the polar countries by renowned photographers, range from breathtaking scenery to intimate portraits of people at work and at play. Those depicting traditional ways of life that have all but disappeared from the modern Arctic are important visual records of the unique heritage of northern peoples. Old engravings and early photographs of arctic explorers, whalers and native men and women provide a historical perspective. The fascinating story of the adaptation of man, plants and animals to the arctic environment is told by six polar experts from around the world. They focus on the history of the Arctic from the ice ages to the present, the impact of European exploration, the astonishing variety of arctic flora and fauna, and the future of the Arctic in the face of twentieth-century technology.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 256 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 0-517-67572-2 , 0517675722
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface / Minnie Aodla Freeman Foreword / Dr. William E. Taylor, Jr. PART ONE A LAND MOLDED BY ICE / Fred Bruemmer 1 The Northern Vision 2 The Circumpolar Realm Photo Essay: The Surprising Arctic 3 Trial by Ice 4 Hunters and Herders Photo Essay: Arctic Waters 5 Early Exploration 6 The Arctic Route to Cathay Photo Essay: From the Mountains to the Sea 7 Fur Empires of Siberia and Alaska 8 Arctic Knights 9 From Furs to Factories Photo Essay: Polar Animals and Birds PART TWO THE ARCTIC WILDERNESS 10 Wildlife of the Sea and Land / Dr. Thor Larsen 11 Plants of the Arctic and Sub-Arctic / Dr. Frans Wielgolaski Photo Essay: A Brief Flowering PART THREE PEOPLE OF THE FAR NORTH 12 The Ancient Arctic / Dr. Robert McGhee Photo Essay: Traditional Life 13 Polar Exploration / Academician A.F. Treshnikov 14 A Changing World / Dr. Ernest S. Burch, Jr. Photo Essay: Modern Life Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Call number: AWI A2-24-95687
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 97 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2nd edition
    ISBN: 9782880853051 , 978-2-940443-00-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Executive summary Overview Arctic climate change Key findings of this assessment 1. Atmospheric circulation feedbacks 2. Ocean circulation feedbacks 3. Ice sheets and sea-level rise feedbacks 4. Marine carbon cycle feedbacks 5. Land carbon cycle feedbacks 6. Methane hydrate feedbacks Author team
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Call number: MR 24.95667
    In: Vol. K-3
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VII, 501 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 2 Karten
    ISBN: 0813752035
    Series Statement: Geology of Canada ...
    Language: English
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Call number: MR 24.95668
    In: Vol. K-1, [Hauptbd.]
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 839 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 0660131145
    Series Statement: Geology of Canada ...
    Language: Undetermined
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Call number: MR 24.95656
    In: Vol. N, [Hauptbd.]
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 563 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 0813752086
    Series Statement: Geology of Canada ...
    Language: English
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boulder, Colo. : Geological Society of America
    Associated volumes
    Call number: MR 24.95661
    In: Centennial special volume / Decade of North American Geology, the Geological Society of America / Geological Society of America Decade of North American Geology Project ; 2
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VIII, 643 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 0813753023
    Series Statement: Centennial special volume / Decade of North American Geology, the Geological Society of America 2
    Language: English
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95660
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 287 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Lizenzausgabe
    Series Statement: Die farbigen Naturführer
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Zum Buch Übersicht der Bildsymbole Bestimmungsteil der Pflanzen Bestimmungsteil der wirbellosen Tiere Bestimmungsteil der Vögel Robben ANHANG: Die Küste als Lebensraum Küstengestaltende Kräfte Atlantische Felsküsten Tange und andere Algen Wattenmeer, Salzmarschen und Dünen Ästuare Mittelmeer Mediterrane Felsküsten Mediterrane Sandstrände Die Bedrohung des Lebensraumes Küste Bildautoren Register Autoren
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    El Paso, Tex. : Society of Economic Geologists
    Associated volumes
    Call number: M 93.0074/4 (Verlust 100309) ; M 93.0074/4 (2.Ex.)
    In: Reviews in economic geology, Volume 4
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VI, 250 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 0-9613074-3-9 , 0961307439
    ISSN: 0741-0123
    Series Statement: Reviews in economic geology 4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I: Mafic rocks Introduction: Magmatic deposits associated with mafic rocks / A. J. Naldrett Sulfide melts: crystallization temperatures, solubilities in silicate melts, and Fe, Ni, and Cu partitioning between basaltic magmas and olivine / A. J. Naldrett Vapor associated with mafic magma and controls on its composition / E. A. Mathez Geochemistry of platinum-group elements in mafic and ultramafic rocks / E. A. Mathez & C. L. Peach Komatite-associated nickel sulfide deposits / C.M. Lesher Ores associated with flood basalts / A. J. Naldrett Contamination and the origin of the sudbury structure and its ores / A. J. Naldrett Stratiform PGE deposits in layered intrusions / A. J. Naldrett Interactions involving fluids in the stillwater and bushveld complexes: observations from the rocks / E. A. Mathez Part II: Silicic rocks Introduction: Ore deposits associated with silicic rocks / J.A. Whitney Origin and evolution of silicic magmas / J.A. Whitney Magmatic ore-forming fluids: Thermodynamic and mass-transfer calculations of metal concentrations / P.A. Candela Felsic magmas, volatiles, and metallogenesis / P.A. Candela Granitoid textures, compositions, and volatile fugacities associated with the formation of Tungsten-dominated skarn deposits / J.D. Keith, W. van Middelaar, A. H. Clark, & C. J. Hodgson
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: PIK 24-95567
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 558 S , graph. Darst
    Edition: Repr.
    ISBN: 0521588707 , 9780521588706 , 9780521380430
    Language: English
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Durham : Duke University Press
    Call number: RIFS 23.95610
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 223 Seiten , 24 cm
    ISBN: 0822338610 , 0822339145 , 9780822338611 , 9780822339144
    Language: English
    Branch Library: RIFS Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Novosibirsk : Izdatel'stvo "Nauka", Sibirskoe otdelenie
    Call number: AWI G8-23-95569
    Description / Table of Contents: В сборнине изложены новые методические разработки по проблеме «Аэроносмические исследования природных ресурсов» и результаты региональных исследований, полученных при аппаратурно-автоматизированном дешифрировании аэроносмичесних фотоматериалов. Для специалистов, использующих в своих исследованиях аэроносмические материалы.
    Description / Table of Contents: Translation of abstract: The collection outlines new methodological developments on the problem of “Aerospace research of natural resources” and the results of regional studies obtained through hardware-automated interpretation of aerospace photographic materials. For specialists using aerospace materials in their research.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 89 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: Russian
    Note: СОДЕРЖАНИЕ Предисловие Раздел I Комплексные методы аэрокосмических исследований для решения геологических задач Проблемы и принципы геологической интерпретации результатов дешифрирования дистанционных материалов / Д. М. Трофимов Комплексные структурно-геоморфологические методы обработки аэрокосмической фотоинформации для решения геологических задач / Л. К. 3ятькова Исследования Земли из космоса - новый вклад в развитие структурной геоморфологии / А. П. Кулаков Метод количественной оценки сходимости в картографических построениях при дешифрировании космоснимков нефтегазоносных районов Сибири / А. М. Боровиков, Л. М. Шемякин Количественная оценка информативности разномасштабных телеснимков на примере дизъюнктивов Сибири / В. И. Витязь, В. Я. Ероменко Методы дистанционных исследований переходных зон сочленения платформ и орогенов Сибири / Л. К. Зятькова Опыт применения космической информации для прогновирования региональных и локальных нефтегазоносных структур в пределах Днепровско-Донецкого палеорифта / В. К. Гавриш, А. И. Недошовенко, Е. С. Петрова, В. Н. Дементьев Комплексирование аэро-космогеологических и геолого геофизических методов при нефтегазопоисковых работах на юге Пермской области / Ю. А. Дулепов, В. В. Макаловский, В. С. Курочnик, В. Г. Гацков Некоторые вопросы геологической интерпретации геофизических полей и результатов аэрокосмических наблюдений нефтегазоносных территорий / В. В. Панасенко, В. Н. Панасенко Раздел II Методы автоматизированной обработки изображений Техническое и программное обеспечение центра обработки аэрокосмической информации / А. С. Алексеев, С. Т. Васьков, В. Н. Дементьев, В. К. Кожевников, Э. Г. Михальцов, В. П. Пяткин, Р. М. Салаватов Использование статистических подходов к обработке аэрокосмических изображений при построении процедур выделения пространственно-протяженных объектов / Т. Б. Борукаев, В. Г. Гомелаури, В. И. Горбунов Возможности применения разнородного программного обеспечения анализа изображений для задач охраны окружающей среды / А. Д. Китов Томографический подход к задаче сейсмопросвечивания / И. Г. Казанцев Выбор зон спектра при космической съемке / Н. А. Тепляков, В. М. Чернин Статистический подход к классификации объектов на аэрокосмических изображениях / Б. А. Горбуnов Теория светорассеяния неоднородными гидро- и аэрозольными частицами / В. Н. Лопатин, Л. Е. Парамонов, Ф. Я. Сидько Некоторые преобразования в количественном подходе при обработке изображений / В. А. Забелин, В. П. Пяткин Обработка спектросовмещенной информации на ЭВМ / В. А. Забелин , Translation of Table of Contents Preface Section I Integrated methods of aerospace research for solving geological problems Problems and principles of geological interpretation of the results of interpretation of remote sensing materials / D. M. Trofimov Complex structural and geomorphological methods for processing aerospace photographic information for solving geological problems / L. K. Zyatkova Exploration of the Earth from space - a new contribution to the development of structural geomorphology / A. P. Kulakov Method for quantitative assessment of convergence in cartographic constructions when interpreting satellite images of oil and gas-bearing regions of Siberia / A. M. Borovikov, L. M. Shemyakin Quantitative assessment of the information content of multi-scale television films using the example of disjunctives of Siberia / V. I. Vityaz, V. Ya. Eromenko Methods of remote sensing of transition zones of junction of platforms and orogens of Siberia / L. K. Zyatkova Experience in using space information for forecasting regional and local oil and gas bearing structures within the Dnieper-Donetsk paleorift / V.K. Gavrish, A.I. Nedoshovenko, E.S. Petrova, V.N. Dementiev Integration of aero-cosmogeological and geological-geophysical methods during oil and gas prospecting in the south of the Perm region / Yu. A. Dulepov, V. V. Makalovsky, V. S. Kurochnik, V. G. Gatskov Some issues of geological interpretation of geophysical fields and results of aerospace observations of oil and gas-bearing territories / V. V. Panasenko, V. N. Panasenko Section II Automated image processing methods Technical and software of the aerospace information processing center / A. S. Alekseev, S. T. Vaskov, V. N. Dementyev, V. K. Kozhevnikov, E. G. Mikhaltsov, V. P. Pyatkin, R. M. Salavatov The use of statistical approaches to processing aerospace images when constructing procedures for identifying spatially extended objects / T. B. Borukaev, V. G. Gomelauri, V. I. Gorbunov Possibilities of using heterogeneous image analysis software for environmental protection tasks / A. D. Kitov Tomographic approach to the problem of seismic imaging / I. G. Kazantsev Selection of spectrum zones during space photography / N. A. Teplyakov, V. M. Chernin Statistical approach to classification of objects in aerospace images / B. A. Gorbunov Theory of light scattering by inhomogeneous hydro- and aerosol particles / V. N. Lopatin, L. E. Paramonov, F. Ya. Sidko Some transformations in the quantitative approach to image processing / V. A. Zabelin, V. P. Pyatkin Processing of spectrum-combined information on a computer / V. A. Zabelin , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Chichester : Wiley
    Call number: AWI A6-08-0012
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 280 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 CD-ROM
    ISBN: 0470861738
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Part I Anatomy of a cyclone 1 Anatomy of a cyclone 1.1 A 'typical' extra-tropical cyclone 1.2 Describing the atmosphere 1.3 Air masses and fronts 1.4 The structure of a typical extra-tropical cyclone Review questions 2 Mathematical methods in fluid dynamics 2.1 Scalars and vectors 2.2 The algebra of vectors 2.3 Scalar and vector fields 2.4 Coordinate systems on the Earth 2.5 Gradients of vectors 2.6 Line and surface integrals 2.7 Eulerian and Lagrangian frames of reference 2.8 Advection Review questions 3 Properties of fluids 3.1 Solids, liquids, and gases 3.2 Thermodynamic properties of air 3.3 Composition of the atmosphere 3.4 Static stability 3.5 The continuum hypothesis 3.6 Practical assumptions 3.7 Continuity equation Review questions 4 Fundamental forces 4.1 Newton's second law: F=ma 4.2 Body, surface, and line forces 4.3 Forces in an inertial reference frame 4.4 Forces in a rotating reference frame 4.5 The Navier-Stokes equations Review questions 5 Scale analysis 5.1 Dimensional homogeneity 5.2 Scales 5.3 Non-dimensional parameters 5.4 Scale analysis 5.5 The geostrophic approximation Review questions 6 Simple steady motion 6.1 Natural coordinate system 6.2 Balanced flow 6.3 The Boussinesq approximation 6.4 The thermal wind 6.5 Departures from balance Review questions 7 Circulation and vorticity 7.1 Circulation 7.2 Vorticity 7.3 Conservation of potential vorticity 7.4 An introduction to the vorticity equation Review questions 8 Simple wave motions 8.1 Properties of waves 8.2 Perturbation analysis 8.3 Planetary waves Review questions 9 Extra-tropical weather systems 9.1 Fronts 9.2 Frontal cyclones 9.3 Baroclinic instability Review questions Part II Atmospheric phenomena 10 Boundary layers 10.1 Turbulence 10.2 Reynolds decomposition 10.3 Generation of turbulence 10.4 Closure assumptions Review questions 11 Clouds and severe weather 11.1 Moist processes in the atmosphere 11.2 Air mass thunderstorms 11.3 Multi-cell thunderstorms 11.4 Supercell thunderstorms and tornadoes 11.5 Mesoscale convective systems Review questions 12 Tropical weather 12.1 Scales of motion 12.2 Atmospheric oscillations 12.3 Tropical cyclones Review questions 13 Mountain weather 13.1 Internal gravity waves 13.2 Flow over mountains 13.3 Downslope windstorms Review questions 14 Polar weather 14.1 Katabatic winds 14.2 Barrier winds 14.3 Polar lows Review questions 15 Epilogue: the general circulation 15.1 Fueled by the Sun 15.2 Radiative-convective equilibrium 15.3 The zonal mean circulation 15.4 The angular momentum budget 15.5 The energy cycle Appendix A - symbols Appendix Β - constants and units Bibliography Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Berlin] : Springer
    Call number: MR 23.95443
    Description / Table of Contents: Uranium Deposits of the World, in three volumes, comprises an unprecedented compilation of data and descriptions of the uranium regions in Asia, USA, Latin America and Europe. With the first, the Asia volume Prof. Dahlkamp presents a complete uranium-resource reference based on the latest research and also gives access to previously unavailable data. The basic purpose, the presentation of an overview and data of uranium geology, is completed by a typological classification of uranium deposits using additional data from deposits worldwide. This classification forms the base for deposit descriptions throughout the three volumes, structured by countries. Each country and region receives an analytical overview followed by the geologically- and economically-relevant synopsis of the individual regions and fields. The presentations are structured in three major sections: (a) location and magnitude of uranium regions, districts, and deposits, (b) principal features of regions and districts, and (c) detailed characteristics of selected ore fields and deposits. This includes sections on geology, alteration, mineralization, shape and dimensions of deposits, isotopes data, ore control and recognition criteria, and metallogenesis. The volume also provides readers access to the voluminous literature via the comprehensive bibliography of uranium-related publications. Abundantly illustrated with information-laden maps and charts throughout, this reference work is an indispensable tool for geologists, mining companies, government agencies, and others with interest in key natural resources. The three volumes of Uranium Deposits of the World are available as a set or individually. Also accessible (as a set and separate volumes) as a e-ref on springerlink.com. The originally planned fourth volume with Australia, Oceania, and Africa will not be published after the author suddenly deceased.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiv, 492 Seiten , graphische Darstellungen, Karten
    ISBN: 9783540785576 , 978-3-540-78557-6
    Series Statement: Springer reference
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Acknowledgments Preface Remarks, Definitions, Units Part I Typology of Uranium Deposits Part II Uranium in Asia – Overview Chapter 1 China, Peoples Republic of Chapter 2 India Chapter 3 Indonesia Chapter 4 Iran, Islamic Republic Chapter 5 Japan Chapter 6 Kazakhstan Chapter 7 Kyrgyzstan Chapter 8 Mongolia Chapter 9 Pakistan Chapter 10 Russian Federation, Asian Territory Chapter 11 South Korea Chapter 12 Tajikistan Chapter 13 Turkey Chapter 14 Turkmenistan Chapter 15 Uzbekistan Chapter 16 Vietnam Chapter 17 Middle East Countries with Uraniferous Phosphorite Bibliography Subject Index Geographical Index U Minerals Index
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI A3-09-0026 ; M 14.0117
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 270, [4] S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9780521847995
    Classification:
    Meteorology and Climatology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgements. - 1 The meteorology of monsoons. - 1.1 Introduction. - 1.2 Meteorology of the tropics. - 1.3 The Indian Ocean monsoon system. - 1.4 Theory of monsoons. - 2 Controls on the Asian monsoon over tectonic timescales. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 The influence of Tibet. - 2.3 Oceanic controls on monsoon intensity. - 2.4 Summary. - 3 Monsoon evolution on tectonic timescales. - 3.1 Proxies for monsoon intensity. - 3.2 Monsoon reconstruction by oceanic upwelling. - 3.3 Continental climate records. - 3.4 Eolian dust records. - 3.5 Evolving flora of East Asia. - 3.6 History of Western Pacific Warm Pool and the Monsoon. - 3.7 Summary. - 4 Monsoon evolution on orbital timescales. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Orbital controls on monsoon strength. - 4.3 Eolian records in North-east Asia. - 4.4 Monsoon records from cave deposits. - 4.5 Monsoon variability recorded in ice caps. - 4.6 Monsoon variability recorded in lacustrine sediments. - 4.7 Salinity records in marine sediments. - 4.8 Pollen records in marine sediments. - 4.9 Paleoproductivity as an indicator of monsoon strength. - 4.10 The Early Holocene monsoon. - 4.11 Mid–Late Holocene monsoon. - 4.12 Summary. - 5 Erosional impact of the Asian monsoon. - 5.1 Monsoon and oceanic strontium. - 5.2 Reconstructing erosion records. - 5.3 Reconstructing exhumation. - 5.4 Estimating marine sediment budgets. - 5.5 Erosion in Indochina. - 5.6 Erosion in other regions. - 5.7 Monsoon rains in Oman. - 5.8 Changes in monsoon-driven erosion on orbital timescales. - 5.9 Tectonic impact of monsoon strengthening. - 5.10 Climatic control over Himalaya exhumation. - 5.11 Summary. - 6 The Late Holocene monsoon and human society. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Holocene climate change and the Fertile Crescent. - 6.3 Holocene climate change and the Indus Valley. - 6.4 Holocene climate change and early Chinese cultures. - 6.5 Monsoon developments since 1000 AD. - 6.6 Monsoon and religion. - 6.7 Impacts of future monsoon evolution. - 6.8 Summary. - References. - Further reading. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York : Freeman
    Call number: AWI A3-08-0023 ; PIK N 456-08-0279 ; PIK N 456-12-0032
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XX, 388 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 0716784904 , 9780716784906
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface PART I Framework of Climate Science CHAPTER 1 Overview of Climate Science Climate and Climate Change 1-1 Geologic Time Tools of Climate Science: Temperature Scales 1-2 How This Book Is Organized Development of Climate Science 1-3 How Scientists Study Climate Change Overview of the Climate System 1-4 Components of the Climate System 1-5 Climate Forcing 1-6 Climate System Responses 1-7 Time Scales of Forcing Versus Response 1-8 Differing Response Rates and Climate-System Interactions 1-9 Feedbacks in the Climate System Climate Interactions and Feedbacks: Positive and Negative Feedbacks CHAPTER 2 Climate Archives, Data, and Models Climate Archives, Dating, and Resolution 2-1 Types of Archives 2-2 Dating Climate Records 2-3 Climatic Resolution Climatic Data 2-4 Biotic Data 2-5 Geological and Geochemical Data Climate Models 2-6 Physical Climate Models 2-7 Geochemical Models PART II Tectonic-Scale Climate Change CHAPTER 3 CO2and Long-Term Climate Greenhouse Worlds Faint Young Sun Paradox Carbon Exchanges Between Rocks and the Atmosphere 3-1 Volcanic Input of Carbon from Rocks to the Atmosphere 3-2 Removal of CO2 from the Atmosphere by Chemical Weathering Climatic Factors That Control Chemical Weathering Is Chemical Weathering Earth’s Thermostat? 3-3 Greenhouse Role of Water Vapor Is Life the Ultimate Control on Earth’s Thermostat? 3-4 Gaia Hypothesis Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Organic Carbon Subcycle Was There a “Thermostat Malfunction”? A Snowball Earth? CHAPTER Plate Tectonics and Long-Term Climate Plate Tectonics 4-1 Structure and Composition of Tectonic Plates 4-2 Evidence of Past Plate Motions Polar Position Hypothesis 4-3 Glaciations and Continental Positions Since 500 Myr Ago Modeling Climate on the Supercontinent Pangaea 4-4 Input to the Model Simulation of Climate on Pangaea Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Brief Glaciation 440 Myr Ago 4-5 Output from the Model Simulation of Climate on Pangaea Tectonic Control of CO2 Input: BLAG Spreading-Rate Hypothesis 4-6 Control of CO2 Input by Seafloor Spreading 4-7 Initial Evaluation of the BLAG Spreading Rate Hypothesis Tectonic Control of CO2Removal: Uplift-Weathering Hypothesis 4-8 Rock Exposure and Chemical Weathering 4-9 Case Study: The Wind River Basin of Wyoming 4-10 Uplift and Chemical Weathering 4-11 Case Study: Weathering in the Amazon Basin 4-12 Weathering: Both a Climate Forcing and a Feedback? CHAPTER 5 Greenhouse Climate What Explains the Warmth 100 Myr Ago? 5-1 Model Simulations of the Cretaceous Greenhouse 5-2 What Explains the Data-Model Mismatch? 5-3 Relevance of Past Greenhouse Climate to the Future Sea Level Changes and Climate 5-4 Causes of Tectonic-Scale Changes in Sea Level 5-5 Effect of Changes in Sea Level on Climate Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Calculating Changes in Sea Level Asteroid Impact Large and Abrupt Greenhouse Episode near 50 Myr Ago CHAPTER 6 From Greenhouse to Icehouse: The Last 50 Million Years Global Climate Change Since 50 Myr Ago 6-1 Evidence from Ice and Vegetation 6-2 Evidence from Oxygen Isotope Measurements 6-3 Evidence from Mg/Ca Measurements Do Changes in Geography Explain the Cooling? 6-4 Gateway Hypothesis 6-5 Assessment of Gateway Changes Hypotheses Linked to Changes in CO2 6-6 Evaluation of the BLAG Spreading Rate Hypothesis 6-7 Evaluation of the Uplift Weathering Hypothesis Climate DebateTiming of the Uplift in Western North America Future Climate Change at Tectonic Scales Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Organic Carbon: Monterrey Hypothesis PART III Orbital-Scale Climate Change CHAPTER 7 Astronomical Control of Solar Radiation Earth’s Orbit Today 7-1 Earth’s Tilted Axis of Rotation and the Seasons 7-2 Earth’s Eccentric Orbit: Distance Between Earth and Sun Long-Term Changes in Earth’s Orbit 7-3 Changes in Earth’s Axial Tilt Through Time Tools of Climate Science: Cycles and Modulation 7-4 Changes in Earth’s Eccentric Orbit Through Time 7-5 Precession of the Solstices and Equinoxes Around Earth’s Orbit Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Earth’s Precession as a Sine Wave Changes in Insolation Received on Earth 7-6 Insolation Changes by Month and Season 7-7 Insolation Changes by Caloric Seasons Searching for Orbital-Scale Changes in Climatic Records 7-8 Time Series Analysis 7-9 Effects of Undersampling Climate Records 7-10 Tectonic-Scale Changes in Earth’s Orbit CHAPTER 8 Insolation Control of Monsoons Monsoon Circulations 8-1 Orbital-Scale Control of Summer Monsoons Orbital-Scale Changes in North African Summer Monsoons 8-2 “Stinky Muds” in the Mediteranean 8-3 Freshwater Diatoms in the Tropical Atlantic 8-4 Upwelling in the Equatorial Atlantic Orbital Monsoon Hypothesis: Regional Assessment 8-5 Cave Speleothems in China and Brazil 8-6 Phasing of Summer Monsoons Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Insolation-Driven Monsoon Responses: Chronometer for Tuning Monsoon Forcing Earlier in Earth’s History 8-7 Monsoons on Pangaea 200 Myr Ago 8-8 Joint Tectonic and Orbital Control of Monsoons CHAPTER 9 Insolation Control of Ice Sheets Milankovitch Theory: Orbital Control of Ice Sheets Modeling the Behavior of Ice Sheets 9-1 Insolation Control of Ice Sheet Size 9-2 Ice Sheets Lag Behind Summer Insolation Forcing 9-3 Delayed Bedrock Response Beneath Ice Sheets Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Ice Volume Response to Insolation 9-4 Full Cycle of Ice Growth and Decay 9-5 Ice Slipping and Calving Northern Hemisphere Ice Sheet History 9-6 Ice Sheet History: δ18O Evidence 9-7 Confirming Ice Volume Changes: Coral Reefs and Sea Level Is Milankovich’s Theory the Full Answer? Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Sea Level on Uplifting Islands CHAPTER 10 Orbital-Scale Changes in Carbon Dioxide and Methane Ice Cores 10-1 Drilling and Dating Ice Cores 10-2 Verifying Ice-Core Measurements of Ancient Air 10-3 Orbital-Scale Carbon Transfers: Carbon Isotopes Orbital-Scale Changes in CO2 10-4 Where Did the Missing Carbon Go? 10-5 δ13C Evidence of Carbon Transfer How Did the Carbon Get into the Deep Ocean? 10-6 Increased CO2 Solubility in Seawater 10-7 Biological Transfer from Surface Waters A Closer Look at Climate Science: Using δ13C to Measure Carbon Pumping 10-8 Changes in Deep-Water Circulation Orbital-Scale Changes in CH4 Orbital-Scale Climatic Roles: CO2and CH4 CHAPTER 11 Orbital-Scale Interactions, Feedbacks, and Unsolved Problems Climatic Responses Driven by the Ice Sheets Mystery of the 41,000-Year Glacial World 11-1 Did Insolation Really Vary Mainly at 41,000 Years? 11-2 Interhemispheric Cancellation of 23,000-Year Ice Volume Responses? 11-3 CO2 Feedback at 41,000 Years? Mystery of the ~100,000-Year Glacial World 11-4 How Is the Northern Ice Signal Transferred South? Why did the Northern Ice Sheets Vary at ~100,000 Years? Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Link Between Forcing and the Time Constants of Ice Response 11-5 Ice Interactions with Bedrock 11-6 Ice Interactions with the Local Environment 11-7 Ice Interactions with Greenhouse Gases PART IV Deglacial Climate Change CHAPTER 12 Last Glacial Maximum Glacial World: More Ice, Less Gas 12-1 Project CLIMAP: Reconstructing the Last Glacial Maximum 12-2 How Large Were the Ice Sheets? 12-3 Glacial Dirt and Winds Testing Model Simulations Against Biotic Data 12-4 COHMAP: Data-Model Comparisons 12-5 Pollen: Indicator of Climate on the Continents 12-6 Using Pollen for Data-Model Comparisons Data-Model Comparisons of Glacial Maximum Climates 12-7 Model Simulations of Glacial Maximum Climates 12-8 Climate Changes near the Northern Ice Sheets 12-9 Climate Changes far from the Northern Ice Sheets How Cold Were the Glacial Tropics? 12-10 Evidence for a Small Tropical Cooling 12-11 Evidence for a Large Tropical Cooling 12-12 Actual Cooling Was Medium-Small CHAPTER 13 Climate During and Since the Last Deglaciation Fire and Ice: Shift in the Balance of Power 13-1 When Did the Ice Sheets Melt? 13-2 Coral Reefs and Rising Sea Level 13-3 Glitches in the Deglaciation: Deglacial Two-Step To
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI A11-23-95344
    In: Physics and chemistry in space : Planetology, 18
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IX, 165 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 3540506853 , 3-540-50685-3 , 0387506853 , 0-387-50685-3 , 9783642486289
    Series Statement: Physics and chemistry in space : Planetology 18
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Noctilucent Clouds 1.1 Introduction 1.2 How, When and Where Noctilucent Clouds Are Seen 1.3 Amateur Observations 1.4 Cloud Types 1.5 Structure of the Upper Atmosphere 2 History 2.1 Introduction 2.2 The Discovery of the "Shining Night-Clouds" 2.3 Measurements of Noctilucent Clouds 2.4 The Middle Period of Noctilucent Cloud Research 3 Observations from Ground Level 3.1 Introduction 3.2 The Geometry of Twilight Scattering 3.3 Latitude of Observation 3.4 Absorption of Light in the Atmosphere 3.5 Height of Noctilucent Clouds 3.6 Drift Motions 3.7 Wave Structure 4 Spectrophotometry 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Spectroscopic Observations 4.3 Spectrophotometry from Ground Level 4.4 Rocket-Borne Photometers 4.5 Spectrophotometry from Satellites 4.6 Conclusions About Cloud Particle Sizes 5 Polarimetry 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Polarization by Scattering 5.3 Measurement of Polarized Light 5.4 Polarization Measured from Ground Level 5.5 Measurements of Polarization from Rockets 5.6 Conclusions About Cloud Particle Sizes 6 Rocket-Borne Sampling 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Flights over Sweden in 1962 and 1967 6.3 Flights over Sweden in 1970 and 1971 6.4 Flights over Canada in 1968 and 1970 6.5 Collectors Flown by Max-Planck-Institut Researchers, 1968 to 1971 6.6 Conclusions About Cloud Particle Sizes 7 Variation of Occurrence 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Sunspot Cycle 7.3 Seasonal Frequency of Noctilucent Clouds 7.4 Climatology of the Mesosphere 8 Other Observations 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Association with Hydroxyl Airglow Emission 8.3 Association with Aurora and Planetary Magnetic Activity 8.4 Lunar Effects 8.5 Lidar Observations 8.6 Artificial Noctilucent Clouds 8.7 Abnormal Observations 9 Environment of Noctilucent Clouds 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Atmospheric in Temperature 9.3 D-Region 9.4 Dust 9.5 Water Vapour in the Mesosphere 9.6 Radiation 9.7 Rates of Growth 9.8 Nucleation of Ice 9.9 Settling of Particles 9.10 Modelling Noctilucent Clouds by Numerical Simulation 10 The Nature of Noctilucent Clouds 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Formation in Noctilucent Clouds 10.3 Growth of Noctilucent Cloud Particle 10.4 Evaporation of Noctilucent Cloud Particles 10.5 The Relationship Between Polar Mesospheric Clouds and Noctilucent Clouds 10.6 Summary 11 Bibliography A) Before 1900 B) 1900-1950 C) Bibliography since 1950 Appendix 1: Atmospheric Refraction . Appendix 2: Atmospheric Transmission Along Grazing Pays Subject Index Name Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Call number: AWI P1-23-95331
    Description / Table of Contents: "This report provides a summary of the present state of knowledge concerning contaminants in northern Canada. This knowledge base was the subject of a scientific evaluation meeting held in Ottawa, February 28-March 2, 1989. Approximately 50 scientists representing a broad spectrum of interests attended the meeting including a representative of each of the other seven circumpolar countries. An integrated ecosystem approach was taken to assess the contaminants issue which considered all aspects of the problem from sources to transport, freshwater, terrestrial and marine systems, human exposure through diets, and finally implications to human health"--Foreword
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 7, [3] Seiten
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Vancouver : University of British Columbia Press
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95320
    Description / Table of Contents: This collection of papers by internationally known scientists in the field of geocryology was originally presented as a series of lectures at the University of British Columbia in 1980-81 in honour of J. Ross MacKay. Together they illustrate the central dilemma in a science where fieldwork must be undertaken in the harsh periglacial environment and where, consequently, it is difficult to test theory rigorously. The papers provide a valuable overview of the current status of international research in a wide area of the field - permafrost, patterned ground, and cold climate phenomena and processes. The treatment varies from anecdotal, historical, and descriptive to mathematical. The studies on soil freezing, ice formation and thaw are relatively sophisticated treatments that are physically sound, theoretically based, and quantitatively precise, as are the computational methods and the extension of results to engineering site evaluations given in other contributions. The regional accounts of geocryological and nival phenomena, on the other hand, remain entirely empirical and, for the most part, qualitative. This critical mismatch of understanding between microscale and regional scale is emphasized in the review of the status of periglacial studies. Ross MacKay's most valuable contribution to science has been his consistent demonstration of how to occupy the middle ground by applying simple physical concepts to explain variations in the landscape.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 213 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 0774802049 , 0-7748-0204-9
    Language: English , French , Russian
    Note: CONTENTS List of Figures and Illustrations List of Tables Preface Acknowledgements Notation 1. On the Scientific Method of J. Ross Mackay / W.H. MATHEWS 2. Experimental Observations of Periglacial Processes in the Arctic / ALFRED JAHN 3. Extreme Rainfall and Rapid Snowmelt as Causes of Mass Movements in High Latitude Mountains / ANDERS RAPP 4. Estimation of Avalanche Runout Distances in New Zealand/ B.B. FITZHARRIS 5. The Ice Factor in Frozen Ground / L.W. GOLD 6. Models of Soil Freezing / M.W. SMITH 7. A Step Function Model of Ice Segregation / S.I. OUTCALT 8. Recent Observations on the Deformation of Ice and Ice-Rich Permafrost / N.R. MORGENSTERN 9. Distribution of Recently Active Ice and Soil Wedges in the U.S.S.R. / N.N. ROMANOVSKIJ 10.Periglacial Problems / A.L. WASHBURN Notes on Contributors Author Citation Index Index , Abstracts in englischer, französischer und russischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Washington DC : AGU
    Call number: AWI G4-23-95321
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: Getrennte Zählung , Illustrationen, Diagramme , 28 cm
    Edition: Reprinted
    Language: German
    Note: Contents G01S91 Introduction to special section on changes in the Arctic freshwater system: identification, attribution, and impacts at local and global scales (DOI 10.1029/2007JG000615) / Charles Vörösmarty, Larry Hinzman, and Jonathan Pundsack Theme 1: Documenting the State and Trajectories of Change in Arctic Land-Ocean-Atmospheric Subsystems G04S54 The arctic freshwater system: Changes and impacts (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000353) / Daniel White, Larry Hinzman, Lilian Alessa, John Cassano, Molly Chambers, Kelly Falkner, Jennifer Francis, William J. Gutowski Jr., Marika Holland, R. Max Holmes, Henry Huntington, Douglas Kane, Andrew Kliskey, Craig Lee, James McClelland, Bruce Peterson, T Scott Rupp, Fiamma Straneo, Michael Steele, Rebecca Woodgate, Daqing Yang, Kenji Yoshikawa, and Tingjun Zhang G04S50 Recent Eurasian river discharge to the Arctic Ocean in the context of longer-term dendrohydrological records (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000333) / G. M. MacDonald, K. V. Kremenetski, L. C. Smitz, and H. G. Hidalgo G04S53 Temporal and spatial variations in maximum river discharge from a new Russian data set (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000352) / A. I. Shiklomanov, R. B. Lammers, M A. Rawlins, L. C. Smith, and T M. Pavelsky G04S47 Rising minimum daily flows in northern Eurasian rivers: A growing influence of groundwater in the high-latitude hydro logic cycle (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000327) / Laurence C. Smith, Tamlin M Pavelsky, Glen M. MacDonald, Alexander I. Shiklomanov, and Richard B. Lammers G04S59 Variability in river temperature, discharge, and energy flux from the Russian pan-Arctic landmass (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000370) / Richard B. Lammers, Jonathan W. Pundsack, and Alexander I. Shiklomanov G04S57 Nutrient (N, P) loads and yields at multiple scales and subbasin types in the Yukon River basin, Alaska (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000366) / Mark M. Dornblaser and Robert G. Striegl G04S60 Recent changes in nitrate and dissolved organic carbon export from the upper Kuparuk River, North Slope, Alaska (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000371) / J. W. McClelland, M. Stieglitz, Feifei Pan, R. M. Holmes, and B. J. Peterson Theme 2: Attribution: Sources ofHydrologic System Change in the Arctic G04S42 Response of Northern Hemisphere extratropical cyclone activity and associated precipitation to climate change, as represented by the Community Climate System Model (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000286) / Joel Finnis, Marika M. Holland, Mark C. Serreze, and John J. Cassano G04S49 Predicted changes in synoptic forcing of net precipitation in large Arctic river basins during the 21st century (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000332) / John J. Cassano, Petteri Uotila, Amanda H Lynch, and Elizabeth N. Cassano G04S45 A multimodel simulation of pan-Arctic hydrology (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000303) / A. G. Slater, T J. Bohn, J. L. McCreight, M C. Serreze, and D. P. Lettenmaier G04S43 Spring and aufeis (icing) hydrology in Brooks Range, Alaska (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000294) / Kenji Yoshikawa, Larry D. Hinzman, and Douglas L. Kane G04S46 Application ofTopoFlow, a spatially distributed hydrological model, to the Imnavait Creek watershed, Alaska (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000326) / Imke Schramm, Julia Boike, W Robert Bolton, and Larry D. Hinzman G04S44 Arctic tundra shrub invasion and soot deposition: Consequences for spring snowmelt and near-surface air temperatures (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000297) / John E. Strack, Roger A. Pielke Sr. , and Glen E. Liston G04S51 Chemical characteristics offulvic acids from Arctic surface waters: Microbial contributions and photochemical transformations (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000343) / Rose M Cory, Diane M. McKnight, Yu-Ping Chin, Penney Miller, and Chris L. Jaros G04S58 Impacts of climate warming and permafrost thaw on the riverine transport of nitrogen and phosphorus to the Kara Sea (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000369) / Karen E. Frey, James W McClelland, Robert M. Holmes, and Laurence C. Smith Theme 3: Impacts and Feedbacks from Arctic Freshwater Cycle Change G04S48 Relative sensitivity of the Atlantic meridional overturning circulation to river discharge into Hudson Bay and the Arctic Ocean (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000330) / Asa K Rennermalm, Eric F. Wood, Andrew J. Weaver, Michael Eby, and Stephen J. Dery G04S41 Arctic freshwater export in the 20th and 21st centuries (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000274) / Torben Koenigk, Uwe Mikolajewicz, Helmuth Haak, and Johann Jungclaus G04S55 Projected changes in Arctic Ocean freshwater budgets (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000354) / Marika M. Holland, Joel Finnis, Andrew P. Barrett, and Mark C. Serreze G04S52 Potential impacts of a changing Arcfic on community water sources on the Seward Peninsula, Alaska (DOI 10.1029/2006JG000351) / Molly Chambers, Daniel White, Robert Busey, Larry Hinzman, Lilian Alessa, and Andrew Kliskey There is no G04S56 in this volume. Author Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95315
    Description / Table of Contents: In the monograph results of long-term ground and remote sensing experimental and theoretical investigations of heat-water exchange of typical permafrost landscapes and small river basins of Eastern Siberia and its factors situated in subarctic tundra, plain taiga and southern mountain taiga are generalized. Detailed maps of landscape structure of range grounds as well as results of analysis of wide range of parameters and variables of permafrost landscapes characterizing spatial and temporal variability of their state in daily, seasonal and long-term scales are presented. Zonal-landscape features of heat and water exchange as well as water regime of small river basins have been revealed. Spatial distribution of vertical turbulent heat and moisture flows in the boundary layer of the atmosphere above heterogeneous surface by measurements from board a plane has been investigated. Spatial and temporal analysis of thermo- and water-physical properties of perennially frozen grounds, which are applied as parameters in hydro-climatic models, has been fulfilled. Processes of interaction of surface and underground waters on plain and in the mountains have been considered, as well as cryogenic phenomena, which have considerable impact upon water regime of rivers and permafrost landscapes.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 575 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-5-89658-033-1 , 978-5-94789-232-1
    Language: Russian
    Note: Contents Introduction / A.G. Georgiadi, A.N. Zolotokrylin CHAPTER 1. SUBARCTIC TUNDRA 1.1. Characteristics of subarctic polygon and a complex of field experimental investigations / A.G. Georgiadi 1.2. Landscapes and their characteristics 1.2.1. Types and distribution over territory / R.V. Desyatkin, L.D. Hinzman 1.2.2. Seasonal changes of spectral characteristics of landscapes by data of remote sensing measurements / V.B. Malyshev, N. S. Ozerov 1.3. The active layer of subarctic landscapes: typology and geography 1.3.1. Spatial variabi!ity of the active layer thickness / A.G. Georgiadi, V.G. Onischenko 1.3.2. Hydrophysical characteristics of the seasonal-melting layer / A.G. Georgiadi,V.G. Onischenko 1.4. Radiation and thermal characteristics of landscapes in the summer period 1.4.1. Systematization of experimental information on albedo and surface temperature / A.N. Zolotokrylin 1.4.2. Analysis of experimental information on the surface temperature / A.N. Zolotokrylin, V.V. Vinogradova 1.5. Heat exchange in tundra landscapes 1.5.1. Structure of heat exchange and its seasonal features / A.N. Zolotokrylin 1.5.2. Theoretical analysis of the process of heat transfer in the surface thawed layer of soil grounds / A.B. Kazansky, A.N. Zolotokrylin 1.6. Features of water regime and water exchange in tundra 1.6.1. Water regime and water balance of river basins by results of experimental measurements / A.G. Georgiadi 1.6.2. Interrelationship of underground and surface waters and underground alimentation of rivers in different year seasons / V.V. Shepelev CHAPTER 2. CENTRAL PLAIN TAIGA 2.1. Geographical characteristics of Spasskaya Pad polygon / A.N. Fedorov 2.2. Types of landscapes, their distribution over territory and seasonal dynamics / A.N. Fedorov, Ya. I. Torgovkin, S.P. Varlamov 2.3. Characteristics of the active layer and its physical properties 2.3.1. Spatial and seasonal variability of the active layer thickness 2.3.1.1. Inter-landscape variability of the seasonal-thawing layer thickness / I.S. Vasiliev 2.3.1.2. Variability of the active layer thickness at experimental sites / E.Yu. Gerasimov 2.3.1.3. Freezing of the active layer / P.Ya. Konstantinov 2.3.2. Physical properties of soils of the seasonal-thawing layer under larch forest / A.G. Georgiadi, V.G. Onischenko 2.3.3. Inter-landscape differences of physical properties of the active layer / P.Ya. Konstantinov, I.S. Ugarov, R.N. Argunov 2.3.4. Features of thermal conductivity of soil grounds / V.G. Onischenko, I.S. Lisker, A.G. Georgiadi 2.4. Radiation balance and thermal regime of landscapes 2.4.1. Radiation balance and its components / I.S. Ugarov 2.4.2. Temperature regime of the active layer / P.P. Gavriliev, I.S. Ugarov, P.V. Efremov 2.4.3. Temperature regime of the upper layers of perennially frozen grounds / P.Ya. Konstantinov 2.5.Heat exchange in permafrost landscapes of plain taiga / P.P. Gavriliev 2.6. Features of heat and moisture balance in taiga-alas landscapes / R.V. Desyatkin, I. Ishii, Kh. Yabuki, A.R. Desyatkin, P.P. Fedorov, T.N. Semenova 2.7. Turbulent energy- and moisture exchange in the atmospheric boundary layer (ABL) over thermally heterogeneous surface (over the Lena River lowland in the Yakutsk area) / M.A. Strunin 2.7.1. Some aspects of the atmospheric boundary layer (ABL) observations using the aircraft laboratory 2.7.2. Aircraft experiment of the atmospheric boundary layer (ABL) observations in the Yakutsk area 2.7.2.1. Aicraft laboratory IL-18d and its instruments for investigations of ABL 2.7.2.2. Scheme and conditions of the aircraft experiment 2.7.2.3. Radiosounding, surface measurements and satellite observations 2.7.2.4. Turbulence and turbulent fluxes data processing and analyzing 2.7.3. Some features of the convective boundary layer (CBL) development over thermally heterogeneous surface 2.7.3.1. Seasonal variability of turbulent fluxes 2.7.3.2. Fine spatial ABL structure 2.7.3.3. Conditions of appearance and development of the mesoscale thermal internal boundary layer (MTIBL) inside the CBL 2.7.3.4. Appearance of the local circulation over thermal mesoscale patch on the underlying surface 2.7.3.5. The local circulation and the problem of energy balance in the atmospheric boundary layer 2.7.3.6. Conditions of applying the scaling models for the CBL developing over heterogeneous underlying surface 2.7.3.7. The spectral structure of fluxes 2.7.3.8. Flux separating into turbulent and mesoscale portions 2.7.3.9. Separating approach models for mesoscale and turbulent fluxes in the CBL 2.7.3.10. Some f eatures of mesoscale and turbulent fluxes seasonal variations 2.7.4. The main results of observations of the CBL, developing over the thermally heterogeneous surface 2.8 Moisture exchange in plain taiga landscape 2.8.1. Moisture regime of the active layer 2.8.1.1. Landscape features of moisture dynamics of the active layer / P.P. Gavriliev, I.S. Ugarov, P.V. Efremov, R.N. Argunov 2.8.1.2. Spatial and temporal distribution of moisture reserves in the active layer / A.N. Fedorov, Ya.I.Torgovkin, R.N. Arguniov, P.P. Gavriliev, I.S. Vasiliev, J.S. Ugarov, P.V. Efremov 2.8.2. Interrelationship of underground and surface waters and underground alimentation of rivers in different seasons / V.V. Shepelev CHAPTER 3. SOUTHERN MOUNTAIN TAIGA 3.1. Natural conditions of the region / V.S. Vuglinsky, M.L. Markov 3.1.1. Climate 3.1.2. Relief and geological structure 3.1.3. Permafrost and hydrogeological conditions 3.1.4. Hydrography and hydrological conditions 3.1.5. Interrelationship of surface and underground waters, underground alimentation of rivers 3.1.5.1. lntraannual dynamics of water exchange of rivers with drained aquifers 3.1.5.2. Seasonal glaciation and its impact upon formation of river runoff 3.2. Results of study of regularities of heat- and moisture exchange at an experimental SHI Mogot polygon / N.G. Vasilenko, S.A. Zhuravin 3.2.1. General characteristics of the Mogot polygon and program of investigations 3.2.2. Landscape and soil characteristics of catchments of the Mogot polygon 3.2.2.1. Landscapes of the Mogot polygon 3.2.2.2. Landscape-hydrology complexes 3.2.2.3. Types of soils and their water physical characteristics 3.2.3. Features of climate in the region of the Mogot polygon 3.2.4. Radiation and heat balances 3.2.4.1. Radiation balance 3.2.4.2. Heat balance 3.2.5. Water balance 3.2.5.1. Methods of identification of the main components of water balance 3.2.5.2. Features of fo rmation of water balance elements 3.2.5.3. Results of calculation of water balances List of literature SUPPLEMENT TO PART 2.7. INSTRUMENTS AND METHODS FOR INVESTIGATION OF THE ATMOSPHERE USING THE AIRCRAFT LABORATORY / M.A. Strunin S.2.7.1. Methods of wind speed and direction, air temperature and humidity and turbulence measurements based on aircraft data S.2.7.2. Aircraft laboratory IL-18d and its instruments for investigation of the atmosphere S.2.7.3. Database of aircraft observations and preliminary data processing S.2.7.4. Errors of turbulent fluxes calculations based on aircraft data S.2.7.5. Methods of spectral analysis of turbulence data S.2.7.6. Calculations of spectral characteristics of fluctuations based on Fourier analysis S.2.7.7. Using the wavelet-transformations for the spectral analysis List of literature to Supplement 2.7 , In kyrillischer Schrift , Einführung und Inhaltsverzeichnis in englischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Don Mills : Carleton University Press
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95309
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 129 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Edition: Reprinted 1989
    ISBN: 0886290562 , 0-88629-56-2
    Series Statement: A Carleton contemporary 10
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS PREFACE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AN INTRODUCTORY NOTE CHAPTER 1 THE CHALLENGE Oil and gas pipelines: early development Pipelines for cold regions Pipelines and the public interest Where does the "North" begin? The freezing of soils Permafrost CHAPTER 2 THE TERRAIN IN COLD REGIONS Patterned ground Solifluction and other soil movements on slopes Ice-wedge polygons, pingoes and palsar Other ice in the ground and thermokarst The climate of the ground CHAPTER 3 A BRIEF HISTORY OF GEOTECHNICAL ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH IN THE NORTH The passive, or pre-technological approach Post-war Northern development and the geotechnical approach up to 1960 Pressure The scientific approach What happens when soils freeze? Conservation and concern for the natural environment CHAPTER 4 THE TRANS-ALASKA PIPELINE The first big pipeline on permafrost Permafrost and earthquakes Terrain conditions and site investigations The pipeline and hydrological conditions Solutions to the problems The completed pipeline CHAPTER 5 THE GAS PIPELINES AND THE FROST HEAVE PROBLEM The Mackenzie Valley pipeline Frost heave and the cold pipeline Origin of the heaving pressure Frost heave and the shut-off pressure Measuring the movement of water through frozen ground A difference of opinion A change of plans CHAPTER 6 THE ALASKA HIGHWAY PIPELINE The approved pipeline Some general problems applying to gas pipelines Creeping soils, rivers, and glacier-dammed lakes The Alaska Highway Pipeline and the frost heave problem Another change of plans CHAPTER 7 MORE PIPELINES, MORE SCIENCE AND MORE POLITICS Russian pipelines The Norman Wells oil pipeline Applied science carried out by a company A pipeline bent in France International science More mega projects CHAPTER 8 FREEZING GROUND, SCIENCE AND SOCIETY Pipelines in cold places: the future A new problem or an old one? A scientific challenge neglected Who is responsible? The unanswered questions Conclusion
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Malden, Mass. [u.a.] : Blackwell
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95310
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 261 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 140512976X , 1-4051-2976-X , 978-1-4051-2976-3
    Series Statement: Environmental systems and global change series 1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface 1 The evidence for cryospheric change 1.1 Introduction 1.2 The geomorphic and hydrologic effects of cryospheric change 1.3 Sub-arctic and alpine hydrology 1.4 Glacier loss and mountain permafrost 1.5 Permafrost 1.6 The carbon balance of the cryosphere 1.7 River and lake ice break-up and freeze-up 1.8 Ocean circulation 1.9 The mass balance of the polar ice sheets 1.10 Sea level 1.11 Importance of sea ice. 1.12 Ecological impacts 1.13 Socio-economic effects 1.14 Conclusions (Text word count-including figure captions and tables but excluding references- 9,015) 2 The monitoring of cryospheric change 2.1 Introduction 2.2 In situ measurements 2.2.1 Land surface air temperature 2.2.2 Terrestrial snow and snow on sea ice 2.2.3 Sea ice 2.2.4 Ice sheets and alpine glaciers 2.2.5 Permafrost and seasonally frozen ground 2.2.6 River runoff 2.2.7 River and lake ice freeze-up and break-up 2.3 Conclusions 3 Processes of cryospheric change 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Snow and ice as energy regulators 3.2.1 The energetics of the snow surface 3.2.2 The energetics of the snowpack 3.2.3 The energetics of glaciers 3.2.4 The energetics of sea ice and various terrain types 3.2.5 Permafrost 3.3 Snow and ice reservoir functions 3.3.1 Mass budget for snow 3.3.2 Mass balance for glacier ice 3.3.3 The mass balance of an ice sheet 3.3.4 Mass balance of sea ice 3.4 Snowfall 3.4.1 Interception by vegetation 3.4.2 Snow accumulation 3.4.3 Snow cover structure 3.5 Snow avalanches 3.6 Snow melt, runoff and streamflow generation 3.7 Snow chemistry 3.8 Snow ecology 3.9 Glacier melt 3.10 Formation of an ice cover 3.11 River and lake ice 3.12 Sediment budgets 4 Patterns of the contemporary cryosphere at local to global scales 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Remote sensing observations 4.3 Land and sea surface temperature 4.3.1 Terrestrial snow and snow on sea ice 4.3.2 Sea ice 4.3.3 Ice sheets & glaciers: estimation of volume 4.3.4 Ice sheets & glaciers: mass balance components 4.3.5 Permafrost 4.3.6 River runoff 4.3.7 River and lake ice freeze-up/break-up 4.4 Numerical Models 4.5 Conclusions: validation, coordinated projects and climate data records 5 The evidence for past cryospheric changes 5.1 Introduction 5.2 The uniqueness of the Quaternary Period 5.3. Initiation of glacial ages 5.4 Reconstructing extent of glacial environments 5.5 Extreme events 5.6 Ice sheet modelling 5.6.1 The Antarctic Ice Sheet 5.6.2 Greenland 5.6.3 North America: Innuitian, Laurentide and Cordilleran ice sheets 5.6.4 British Isles, Scandinavian and Barents ice sheets 5.6.5 The Patagonian and New Zealand ice caps 5.7 Non-glacial Quaternary environments 5.7.1 Late Quaternary permafrost in North America and Europe 5.7.2 Treeline variations 5.7.3 Climatic snowline 5.7.4 Glacier fluctuations 5.7.5 Paraglaciation 6 The transience of the cryosphere and transitional landscapes 6.1 Introduction 6.1.1 The landscape as palimpsest 6.2 Glacial landscapes: macro scale 6.2.1 Cirque landscapes 6.2.2 Fjord and strandflat landscapes 6.3 Periglacial landscapes: macro-scale 6.4 Paraglacial landscapes: macro-scale 6.5 Glacial landscapes: medium-scale 6.5.1 The transition from glacial to fluvial dominance 6.6 Proglacial landscapes: medium-scale 6.6.1 Glacifluvial landforms 6.6.2 The Channeled Scablands 6.6.3 Sub-glacial channels 6.6.4 Sub-glacial, ice-marginal and supraglacial sediment-landform associations 6.7 Periglacial landscapes: medium scale 6.7.1 The transition from periglacial to fluvial dominance 6.8 Paraglacial landscapes: medium-scale 6.9 Glacial landscapes: local-scale 6.9.1 Primary glacigenic deposits 6.9.2 Small scale erosional forms 6.10 Proglacial landscapes: local-scale 6.11 Periglacial landscapes: local scale 6.13 Paraglacial landscapes: local-scale 6.13 Landscape resistance, collapse and recovery 6.14 Transitional landscapes at Quaternary, Holocene and Anthropocene timescales 7 Cryospheric change and vulnerability at Quaternary, Holocene and Anthropocene time scales 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Panarchy 7.2.1 Panarchy, sustainability and transformability 7.2.2 Collapse and the vulnerability of socio-economic systems 7.3 Changing ice cover and biomes since the Last Glacial Maximum 7.3.1 The Last Glacial Maximum 7.3.2 The Holocene Optimum 7.4 The first explorers in North America 7.5 Implications of cryospheric change/collapse 7.5.1 Snow quantity 7.5.2 Snow quality 7.5.3 River and lake ice 7.5.4 Permafrost 7.5.5 Glaciers 7.5.6 River basins 7.5.7 Sea ice 7.5.8 Ice sheets 7.5.9 Sea level change 7.5.10 Carbon sequestration 7.5.11 Vegetation 7.5.12 Polar bears 7.5.13 Human health 7.5.14 Persistent organic pollutants 7.5.15 Socio-cultural conditions and health status 7.5.16 Livelihoods and socio-economic conditions 7.5.17 Governance 7.6 Concluding thoughts References Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Call number: 5/M 95.0268 ; AWI A2-23-77866
    In: Geophysical monograph, 52
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XI,187 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 27 cm
    ISBN: 0875904572 , 0-87590-457-2
    Series Statement: Geophysical monograph 52
    Classification:
    Meteorology and Climatology
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface / A. Berger, R. E. Dickinson and John W. Kidson I WORLD CLIMATE RESEARCH PROGRAMME 1. The World Climate Research Programme / Gordon A. McBean II. PALEOCLIMATES AND ICE 2. Long-Term Climatic and Environmental Records from Antarctic Ice / C. Lorius, J-M Barnola, M. Legrand, J. R. Petit, D. Raynaud, C. Ritz, N. Barkov, Y. S. Korotkevich, V. N. Petrov, C. Genthon, J. Jouzel, V. M. Kotlyakov, F. Yiou, and G. Raisbeck 3. The Role of Land Ice and Snow in Climate / Michael H. Kuhn III. VOLCANOES AND CLIMATE 4. Petrologic Evidence of Volatile Emissions From Major Historic and Pre-Historic Volcanic Eruptions / Julie M. Palais and Haraldur Sigurdsson IV. BIOGEOCHEMICAL CYCLES, LAND HYDROLOGY, LAND SURFACE PROCESSES AND CLIMATE 5. Uptake by the Atlantic Ocean of Excess Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide and Radiocarbon / Bert Bolin, Anders Björkström and Berrien Moore 6. African Drought: Characteristics, Causal Theories and Global Teleconnections / Sharon E. Nicholson 7. Sensitivity of Climate Model to Hydrology / Duzheng Ye 8. Stability of Tree/Grass Vegetation Systems / Peter S. Eagleson V. TROPICAL OCEAN AND GLOBAL ATMOSPHERE 9. Toga and Atmospheric Processes / Kevin Trenberth 10. Toga Real Time Oceanography in the Pacific / David Halpern VI. MODELLING CLIMATE, PAST, PRESENT AND FUTURE 11. Aeronomy and Paleoclimate / J.-C. Gérard 12. Studies of Cretaceous Climate / Eric J. Barron 13. Simulations of the Last Glacial Maximum with an Atmospheric General Circulation Model Including Paleoclimatic Tracer Cycles / Sylvie Joussaume, Jean Jouzel and Robert Sadourny 14. Progress and Future Developments in Modelling the Climate System with General Circulation Models / P. R. Rowntree 15. Quantitative Analysis of Feedbacks in Climate Model Simulations / Michael E. Schlesinger
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Washington, DC : American Geophysical Union
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 9/M 92.1394 ; AWI G8-23-66857
    In: Short course in geology, Volume 10
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vii, 62 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 0875907091 , 0-87590-709-1 , 978-0-87590-709-3
    Series Statement: Short course in geology 10
    Classification:
    C.2.8.
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Introduction / J. C. Davis Integrating Geological Datasets With a Raster-Based Geographic In/ormation System / G. F. Bonham-Carter Integration of Geological Datasets for Gold Exploration in Nova Scotia / G. F. Bonham-Carter, F. P. Agterberg, and D. F. Wright GIS and Computer-Mapping Aspects of the Austrian Stream-Sediment Geochemical Sampling Project / G. Hausberger Power to the People! PC and Workstation Mapping and Database Systems / M. J. McCullagh Three-Dimensional Display of Geologic Data / J. N. Van Driel
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Tsukuba : National Research Institute for Earth Science and Disaster Prevention
    Associated volumes
    Call number: M 19.95290
    In: Technical note of the National Research Institute for Earth Science and Disaster Prevention
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 1 v. (various pagings) , ill., maps (some col.) , 1 CD-ROM (digital ; 4 3/4 in.) , 30 cm.
    Series Statement: Technical note of the National Research Institute for Earth Science and Disaster Prevention 234
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Halifax : Fernwood Publishing
    Call number: RIFS 23.95273
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 144 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781552662816
    Language: English
    Branch Library: RIFS Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95236
    Description / Table of Contents: Отражены результаты методических разработок использования аэрокосмической информации при исследовании природных комплексов и поисках полезных ископаемых, а также при региональных геологических, гидрологических, инженерно-геологических работах. Приведены дистанционные методы изучения особенностей геодинамических процессов, явлений, формирующих структурный рельеф Сибири. Для исследователей, применяющих аэрокосмическую информацию при решении проблем рационального природопользования.
    Description / Table of Contents: Es werden die Ergebnisse methodischer Weiterentwicklungen der Nutzung von Luft- und Raumfahrtinformationen bei der Erforschung natürlicher Komplexe und der Suche nach Mineralien sowie bei regionalen geologischen, hydrologischen und ingenieurgeologischen Arbeiten reflektiert. Es werden Fernmethoden zur Untersuchung der Merkmale geodynamischer Prozesse und Phänomene vorgestellt, die das strukturelle Relief Sibiriens bilden. Für Forscher, die Luft- und Raumfahrtinformationen zur Lösung von Umweltmanagementproblemen nutzen.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 164 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 5-02-923461-6
    Language: Russian
    Note: In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York : Wiley
    Call number: G 9124 ; AWI G6-94-0196 ; PIK N 400-95-0394
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIII, 550 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 Diskette
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 0471080799 , 0-471-08079-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Page Chapter 1 Introduction About This Book Geostatistics Measurement Systems A False Feeling of Security Selected Readings Chapter 2 Elementary Statistics Probability Statistics Joint Variation of Two Variables Induced Correlations Testing Normal Populations Central Limits Theorem Significance The f Test Degrees of Freedom Test of Correlation The F Test Analysis of Variance Two-Way Analysis of Variance The x2 Test The Lognormal Distribution and Other Transformations Other Transformations Nonparametric Methods Mann-Whitney Test Kruskal-Wallis Test Nonparametric Correlation Kolmogorov-Smirnov Tests Selected Readings Chapter 3 Matrix Algebra The Matrix Elementary Matrix Operations Matrix Multiplication Convolution Matrix Inversion and Simultaneous Equations Transposition Determinants Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors Selected Readings Chapter 4 Analysis of Sequences of Data Geologic Measurements in Sequences Interpolation Procedures Markov Chains Embedded Markov Chains Series of Events Runs Tests Least-Squares Methods and Regression Analysis Curvilinear Regression Orthogonal Polynomial Regression Reduced Major Axis Splines Segmenting Sequences Zonation Seriation Autocorrelation Cross-Correlation Cross-Correlation and Geologic Correlation Cross-Association Semivariograms Modelling the Semivariogram Spectral Analysis Harmonic Analysis The Continuous Spectrum Filters Smoothing and Time-Trend Analysis Derivatives Substitutability Analysis Selected Readings Chapter 5 Map Analysis Geologic Maps - Conventional and Otherwise Systematic Patterns of Search Distribution of Points Uniform Patterns Random Patterns Clustered Patterns Nearest-Neighbor Analysis Distribution of Lines Analysis of Directional Data Testing Hypotheses about Circular Directional Data Test for Randomness Testing for a Specified Trend Test of Goodness-of-Fit 326 Testing the Equality of Two Sets of Directional Vectors Spherical Distributions Matrix Representation of Vectors Displaying Spherical Data Testing Hypotheses about Spherical Directional Data A Test of Randomness Shape Fourier Measurements of Shape Computer Contouring Contouring by Triangulation Contouring by Gridding Moving Averages Moving Weighted Averages of Block Means Kriging Punctual Kriging Universal Kriging Calculating the Drift An Example Trend Surfaces Statistical Tests of Trends Two Trend-Surface Models Pitfalls Four-Dimensional Trend Surfaces Double Fourier Series Comparing Maps Overall Similarity Similarity Maps Comparing Map Coefficients Selected Readings Contents Chapter 6 Analysis of Multivariate Data Multiple Regression Discriminant Functions Tests of Significance Multivariate Extensions of Elementary Statistics Equality of Two Vector Means Equality of Variance-Covariance Matrices Cluster Analysis Introduction to Eigenvector Methods, Including Factor Analysis Eckart-Young Theorem Principal Components Analysis R-Mode Factor Analysis Factor Rotation Maximum Likelihood Factors O-Mode Factor Analysis Principal Coordinates Analysis Correspondence Analysis Application to Continuous Variables Simultaneous R- and O-Mode Factor Analysis Multigroup Discriminant Functions Canonical Correlation Selected Readings Appendix: How to Run the STAT Program Index
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Call number: 21/SR 90.0917(93/2) ; MOP 47058 / Mitte ; 21/SR 22.19544(93/2)
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 93 Teil II
    Description / Table of Contents: Im September 1986 jährte sich zum 10. Male der erste Weltraumeinsatz der metrischen Multispektralkamera MKF-6. .Dieses Ereignis bedeutete für die DDR und andere sozialistische Länder den praktischen Einstieg in die Entwicklung der Fernerkundung der Erde mit aerokosmischen Mitteln und den Beginn einer Dekade der intensiven Forschung und Entwicklung auf diesem Gebiet. Diesem historischen und über das damalige UdSSR/DDR-Weltraumexperiment "Raduga" zur aerokosmischen Multispektralfotografie weit hinausgehenden Ereignis war die 4 Wissenschaftliche DDR-Konferenz der Reihe "Stand und Entwicklungstendenzen der Fernerkundung" gewidmet, die als gemeinsame Veranstaltung der Arbeitsgruppe Naturwissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Geofernerkundung (AGNGF) der Wissenschaftlichen Räte für die Forschungsprogramme Geo- und Biowissenschaften (Leiteinrichtung: Zentralinstitut für Physik der Erde) sowie der Gesellschaft für Weltraumforschung und Raumfahrt der DDR (GWR) in Neubrandenburg durchgeführt wurde. Dem gemeinsamen Tätigkeitsgebiet der beiden Veranstalter entsprechend stand die Thematik "Fernerkundung der Erde und anderer Himmelskörper" im Mittelpunkt. Schwerpunkte des Programms waren - neue methodische und gerätetechnische Lösungen zur Gewinnung, automatisierten Auswertung und kartographischen Darstellung von Fernerkundungsdaten, - Nutzanwendungen von Fernerkundungsdaten bei der Erforschung der Erdoberfläche, insbesondere zur Kartierung thematischer Sachverhalte bei der Ressourcen- und Umweltforschung und bei der Erforschung von Planeten und Kometen.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: Seiten 216-394, XVIII , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Fotos , 30 cm
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 93 Teil II
    Language: German
    Note: ANWENDUNGEN IN DER PLANETEN- UND KOMETENFORSCHUNG Wäsch, R.: Planeten- und Kometenforschung mit Methoden der Fernerkundung Bankwitz, P. ; Bankwitz, E. ; Wäsch, R, : Geologische Interpretation von Teilgebieten der Venus auf der Grundlage sowjetischer Radar-Aufnahmen Danz, M.; Elter, G.; Mangoldt, T.; Möhlmann, D.; Rubbert, B.; Weidlich, U.: Ergebnisse der VEGA-Bildbearbeitung WAGNER, C.: IR-Sondierung der Oberflächen atmosphäreloser planetarer Objekte Dubois, R.; Spänkuch, D.; Schäfer, K.; Döhler, W.; Güldner, J.: Indirekte thermische Sondierung der mittleren Venusatmosphäre mit dem IR-Fourierspektrometer auf Venera-15 MERKMALSEXTRAKTION UND PHYSIKALISCH-MATEMATISCHE GRUNDLAGEN Wirth, H.: Prinzipien der Bildung und die Bedeutung abgeleiteter Merkmale für die Auswertuhg von Multispektralaufnahmen Söllner, R.; Schmidt, K.; Prena, M.: Zur Ableitung von Merkmalen aus Powerspektren für die Textur- und Strukturerkennung von natürlichen und künstlichen Objekten Wirth, H.; Schilbach, G.; Wirth, A.: Beitrag zur Analyse von Fernerkundungsdaten im Sub-Pixel-Bereich Oppitz; K.: Zur rechnerinternen Modellierung dreidimensionaler Körper Herr, W.; Weichel, H.: Die Vorverarbeitung multispektraler Radiometerdaten Leiterer, U.; Weller, M.: Spektralfotometer BAS-M mit Mikrorechner DIGITALE ANALYSE VON BILDDATEN Geschke, A.; Schlosser, A.: Fernerkundungssoftware AMBA/R-RS Vajen, H.-H.; Pannowitsch, H.-J.: Geometrische Vorverarbeitung von Bilddaten polumlaufender Satelliten in Real-Time Grundmann; H.-J.: Ein Datenbasissystem für Bilddaten Lieckfeldt, P.; Missling, K.-D.; Neumann, B.: Zugriffsoptimierte Abspeicherung großer Bilddatenmassive auf Plattenspeichern Geschke, A.: Klassifikationsergebnisse mit dem Bildverarbeitungssystem (BVS) robotron A6470 Stoye, H.; Usbeck, B.: Rechnergestützte Dechiffrierung der Nutzflächenstruktur in Siedlungen mit digitalisierten MS-Luftbildern Meister, P.: Bildverarbeitung mit dem BVS A6470 und Möglichkeiten einer On-Line-Bildverarbeitung Schildwach, B.: Mikrorechnergestützte Lösungen in der Vorverarbeitung von Daten flächenhafter Abbildungen SYSTEME FÜR DEN OPERATIVEN EMPFANG VON SATELLITENDATEN Tiščenko, A. P.: Das Territorialprinzip bei Empfang und operativer Analyse kosmischer Fernerkundungsdaten Bettac, H.-D.; Klähn, . D.; Landrock, R.; Schwarz, J.; Skottke, H.-J.: Die modulare Wetterbild-Empfangsstation WES 3 Schwarz, J.; Klähn, D.: Antennen- und Mikrowellenbaugruppen für den Empfang meteorologischer Satelliten Schwarz, J.; Vogel, G.; Skottke, H.-J.: Aufbau und Wirkungsweise eines mikrorechnergestützten Antennennachführsystems für den Empfang meteorologischer Satelliten Landrock, B.; Paasch, E:; Stanke, D.: Empfänger für analoge und digitale Daten meteorologischer Satelliten Arnold, H.-P.; Guder, H.-G.; Lieckfeldt, P.; Reimer, R.; Wolf, H.-J.: Magnetband-orientiertes System zur Erfassung digitaler Satellitendaten bis 1 Mbit/s Günther, A.: Echtzeitvisualisierung von Wetterbildern
    Location: Reading room
    Location: MOP - must be ordered
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boulder ; LOndon : Westviev Press
    Call number: PIK B 020-01-0555
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 207 p.
    ISBN: 0813375533
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Call number: 21/SR 90.0917(93/1) ; MOP 47058 / Mitte ; 21/SR 22.19544(93/1)
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 93 Teil I
    Description / Table of Contents: Im September 1986 jährte sich zum 10. Male der erste Weltraumeinsatz der metrischen Multispektralkamera MKF-6. .Dieses Ereignis bedeutete für die DDR und andere sozialistische Länder den praktischen Einstieg in die Entwicklung der Fernerkundung der Erde mit aerokosmischen Mitteln und den Beginn einer Dekade der intensiven Forschung und Entwicklung auf diesem Gebiet. Diesem historischen und über das damalige UdSSR/DDR-Weltraumexperiment "Raduga" zur aerokosmischen Multispektralfotografie weit hinausgehenden Ereignis war die 4 Wissenschaftliche DDR-Konferenz der Reihe "Stand und Entwicklungstendenzen der Fernerkundung" gewidmet, die als gemeinsame Veranstaltung der Arbeitsgruppe Naturwissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Geofernerkundung (AGNGF) der Wissenschaftlichen Räte für die Forschungsprogramme Geo- und Biowissenschaften (Leiteinrichtung: Zentralinstitut für Physik der Erde) sowie der Gesellschaft für Weltraumforschung und Raumfahrt der DDR (GWR) in Neubrandenburg durchgeführt wurde. Dem gemeinsamen Tätigkeitsgebiet der beiden Veranstalter entsprechend stand die Thematik "Fernerkundung der Erde und anderer Himmelskörper" im Mittelpunkt. Schwerpunkte des Programms waren - neue methodische und gerätetechnische Lösungen zur Gewinnung, automatisierten Auswertung und kartographischen Darstellung von Fernerkundungsdaten, - Nutzanwendungen von Fernerkundungsdaten bei der Erforschung der Erdoberfläche, insbesondere zur Kartierung thematischer Sachverhalte bei der Ressourcen- und Umweltforschung und bei der Erforschung von Planeten und Kometen.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 215 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Fotos , 30 cm
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 93 Teil I
    Language: German
    Note: Vorwort Kautzleben, H.: Zur Eröffnung der 4. Fernerkundungskonferenz Jähn, S.: Über den Mißbrauch der Weltraumforschung durch Militarisierung des Alls Marek, K.-H.: Die Geofernerkundung als Bestandteil moderner geowissenschaftlicher Informationsprozesse Müller, Kh.: 10 Jahre Carl-Zeiss-Fernerkundungstechnik im Einsatz Müller, R.: Aktuelle Fragen der völkerrechtlichen Regelung der Erdfernerkundung ANWENDUNGEN IN DER GEOLOGIE UND BODENKARTIERUNG Harff, J.; Bankwitz, B.; Bankwitz, P.: Untersuchung der Beziehungen zwischen geologisch-geophysikalischen Merkmalsfeldern und Fotolineationen für die Strukturanalyse der oberen Erdkruste Kvitkovič, J.; Feranec, J.: Lineare und nichtlineare Scheidelinien der Westkarpaten, identifiziert mittels kosmischer Aufnahmen Berndt, P.; Uglev, J.V.: Einige Aspekte der optoanalogen Bildbearbeitung für die geologische Forschung Weise, K.: Großmaßstäbige Bodenkartierung unter Nutzung von Fernerkundungsdaten Schröder, H.: Multispektralanalytische Quantifizierung kartierbarer Bodenmerkmale nordwestlich von Halle (Saale) Kühn, F.; Hörig, B.; Ulbricht, G.: Ein Beitrag zu Ergebnissen und Erfahrungen der wissenschaftlichen Zusammenarbeit zur Spektrometrie mit dem Bulgarischen Institut für Geophysikalische Untersuchungen und geologische Kartierung, Sofia ANWENDUNGEN IN DER KARTOGRAPHIE Buchroithner, M.: Computergestützte Verwertung von Weltraumphotographien Bähr, H.-P.: Landnutzungskartierung von Satelliten aus - ein Beispiel für friedliche Nutzung der Weltraumtechnologie Behrens, J.: Die Grundlagenkarte Landwirtschaft 1: 10 000, 1:25 000 und 1:50 000 - eine neue Kartierungsbasis für Fernerkundungsinformationen in der Pflanzenproduktion der DDR Donner, R.; Harnisch, G.: Untersuchungen zur Herstellung digitaler Bildmosaike Wolodschenko, A.: Zur Integration von kartographischen und aerokosmischen Forschungsmethoden ANWENDUNGEN IN DER LANDWIRTSCHAFT Kugler, H.; Gassert,: Inventur geoökologischer Funktionselemente der Agrarlandschaft mittels Luftbildinterpretation Barsch, H.; Söllner, R.; Weichelt, H.: Erfassung von Komponenten der Ertragsbildung auf der Grundlage spektraler Signaturen - Ergebnnisse des INTERKOSMOS-Experiments "Kursk 85" Kaden, K.: Zur Kennzeichnung der Vegetationsentwicklung aus der multitemporalen Dechiffrierung kosmischer Aufnahmen Tóth, K.: Einsatz von Fernerkundungsdaten für landwirtschaftliche Aufgabenstellungen Gerhardt, A.: Einsatz der Thermogaphie für Probleme der Pflanzenproduktion ANWENDUNGEN IN DER OZEANOLOGIE, ATMOSPHÄRENFORSCHUNG UND UMWELTÜBERWACHUNG Brosin, H.-J.; Gohs, L.; Schenkel, G.; Seifert, T.; Siegel, H.: Untersuchungen über räumliche Inhomogenitäten in der Wassertemperatur und in Wasserinhaltsstoffen in der östlichen Ostsee auf der Grundlage von Schiffs- und Satellitenbeobachtungen Siegel, H.: Über die Möglichkeiten der Aufstellung von Algorithmen zur Chlorophyllbestimmung aus spektralen Remissionskoeffizienten in der Ostsee Gohs, L.: Möglichkeiten zur Gewinnung von Informationen über die Wasseroberfläche mit dem Mikrodensitometer Vajen, H.-H.: Temperatureichung von IR-Wetterbildern Spänkuch, D.; Vogel, G.; Döhler, W.; Haus, R.: Vergleich exakt berechneter atmosphärischer Transmissionsfunktionen gasförmiger Absorber mit LOWTRAN-5 Klim; A.: Eine Näherungsmethode zur Transmissionsberechnung in der Erdatmosphäre Welzer, W.: Verfahren zur Erfassung von Immissionswirkungen Methoden der Fernerkundung
    Location: Reading room
    Location: MOP - must be ordered
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Call number: 21/SR 90.0917(92) ; 21/SR 22.19544(92)
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 92
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Darstellung des Gravitationsfeldes durch Überlagerung von Punktmassenpotentialen wird diskutiert und eingeordnet. Es wird das Problem der Optimierung der Punktmassenpositionen näher untersucht. Dazu werden die Punktmassenpotentiale als Hilbertraumvektoren aufgefaßt. Es gelingt, einen Algorithmus zu erarbeiten, mit dessen Hilfe ein vorgegebenes Feld in Form von Meßwerten auf der Erdoberfläche durch schrittweise Erhöhung der Zahl der Punktmassen approximiert werden kann, wobei die Punktmassenpositionen nach jedem Schritt optimal sind. Anhand simulierter Daten werden eine Reihe von Punktmassenmodellen berechnet. Vergleiche mit gleichmäßig verteilten Punktmassen und mit Kugelfunktionen, die Analyse der Spektren sowie die Modellierung von Satellitenbahnen zeigen die Vorteile des Verfahrens.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 122 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Tabellen , 30 cm
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 92
    Language: German
    Note: Zugl.: Potsdam, Akad. der Wiss. der DDR, FB Geo- und Kosmoswiss., Zentralinst. für Physik der Erde, Diss. A, 1986 , Liste der verwendeten Formelzeichen Summary резюме Zusammenfassung 1. Wozu Kenntnis und Darstellung des Gravitationsfeldes? 2. Verschiedene Ziele - verschiedene Darstellungsformen für das Gravitationsfeld 2.1. Zum Begriff "Darstellung" 2.2. Anforderungen an die Darstellung 2.3. Einige häufig genutzte Darstellungsformen 2.3.1. Kollokation als direkte Darstellungsform 2.3.2. Integralformeln 2.3.3. Quellendarstellung 2.3.4. Kugelfunktionsentwicklung 2.3.5. Multipole 2.3.6. Modell einer einfachen Massenschicht 2.3.7. Samplingfunktionen 2.3.8. Finite Elemente 2.3.9. Spline - Funktionen 2.3.10. Harmonische Kernfunktionen 2.3.11. Multiquadratische Methode 2.3.12. DIRAC - Impulsmethode nach Bjerhammar 2.4. Die Darstellung des Gravitationsfeldes durch Punktmassen 2.4.1. Verschiedene Zugänge - Beziehungen zu anderen Darstellungsformen 2.4.2. Bisherige praktische Anwendungen 2.4.3. Potentielle Möglichkeiten der Punktmassendarstellung 3. Punktmassenapproximation mit automatischer Optimierung der Orte der Massen 3.1. Punktmassenpotentiale als Basissystem im Hilbertraum 3.1.1. Einige Definitionen aus der Funktionalanalysis 3.1.2. Vollständigkeit der Punktmassenpotentiale 3.1.3. Lineare Unabhängigkeit 3.2. Ausarbeitung eines Approximationsalgorithmus' 3.2.1. Formulierung des Algorithmus' 3.2.2. Wahl des Skalarprodukts/Skalarprodukt zweier Punktmassenpotentiale 3.2.2.1. Das Skalarprodukt ... für Punktmassenpotentiale in Abhängigkeit vom Ort der Punktmassen 3.2.2.2. Das Skalarprodukt ... für Punktmassenpotentiale in Abhängigkeit vom Ort der Punktmassen 3.2.2.3. Diskussion der beiden Skalarprodukte 3.2.3. Die Bestimmung des Anfangsortes jeder neuen Punktmasse 3.3. Diskussion des Algorithmus' 3.3.1. Zur Auswahl der N-ten Punktmasse aus der Menge E³\Q 3.3.2. Abschätzung der Quasiorthogonalität - Wahl des Normalfeldes 3.3.3. Einige Überlegungen zur Konvergenz des Algorithmus' 3.3.4. Einige Bemerkungen zur Anwendung des SCHMIDTschen Orthonormalisierungeverfahrens auf Punktmassenpotentiale 3.3.5. Anwendbarkeit des Algorithmus' auf andere Approximationsaufgaben 3.4. Darstellung des Normalpotentials durch Punktmassen 4. Numerische Realisierung des Algorithmus' 4.1. Simulation der zu approximierenden Randwerte 4.2. Praktische Bestimmung der Startwerte für die Punktmassenpositionen 4.3. Die Bestimmung der Massen für vorgegebene Orte 4.4. Die Verbesserung der Punktmassenpositionen ausgehend von Näherungswerten 4.4.1. Lösung des nichtlinearen Problems 4.4.2. Regularisierung 4.4.3. Berechnung der Zuschläge in sphärischen Koordinaten 4.5. Zur Berechnung von Modellen gleichmäßig verteilter Punktmassen 4.6. Maßnahmen zur Rechenzeiteinsparung 4.6.1. Reduzierung der Zahl der in jedem Schritt zu optimierenden Punktmassen 4.6.2. Reduzierung der Zahl der in jedem Schritt einbezogenen Randwerte 4.7. Der Algorithmus als Kernstück des Programms PUMA 4.7.1. Endgültige, praxisbezogene Formulierung des Algorithmus' 4.7.2. Möglichkeiten des Programms PUMA zur Berechnung von Punktmassenmodellen 5. Ableitung und Test von Punktmassenmodellen/Diskussion der Ergebnisse 5.1. Berechnung der Punktmassenmodelle 5.1.1. Welche Modelle wurden berechnet? 5.1.2. Numerische Stabilität der Lösungen 5.1.3. Verringerung der Zahl der verwendeten Randwerte 5.2. Approximationsgenauigkeit/Konvergenzgeschwindigkeit 5.2.1. Quasiorthogonalität und Einfluß des Parameters Nε 5.2.2. Vergleich der Approximation der beiden Sätze von Randwerten 5.2.3. Vergleich mit gleichverteilten Punktmassen und Kugelfunktionsentwicklung 5.3. Vergleich der Spektren von Punktmassenmodellen und approximiertem Modell GEM 10 5.3.1. Gesamtmasse und Kugelfunktionskoeffizienten niedrigen Grades 5.3.2. Vergleich der Gradvarianzen / die Spektren der Restfehler 5.4. Test der Punktmassenmodelle durch Satellitenbahnberechnung 6. Resümee Literaturverzeichnis
    Location: Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Call number: AWI G1-23-95188
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a sound introduction to the basic physical processes that dominate the workings of the Earth, its atmosphere and hydrosphere. It systematically introduces the physical processes involved in the Earth's systems without assuming an advanced physics or mathematical background.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XI, 321 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: First published
    ISBN: 1405101733 , 1-4051-0173-3 , 9781405101738
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Acknowledgments Chapter 1 Planet Earth and Earth systems 1.1 Comparative planetology 1.2 Unique Earth 1.3 Earth systems snapshots 1.4 Measuring Earth 1.5 Whole Earth 1.6 Subtle, interactive Earth Further reading Chapter 2 Matters of state and motion 2.1 Matters of state 2.2 Thermal matters 2.3 Quantity of matter 2.4 Motion matters: kinematics 2.5 Continuity: mass conservation of fluids Further reading Chapter 3 Forces and dynamics 3.1 Quantity of motion: momentum 3.2 Acceleration 3.3 Force, work, energy, and power 3.4 Thermal energy and mechanical work 3.5 Hydrostatic pressure 3.6 Buoyancy force 3.7 Inward acceleration 3.8 Rotation, vorticity, and Coriolis force 3.9 Viscosity 3.10 Viscous force 3.11 Turbulent force 3.12 Overall forces of fluid motion 3.13 Solid stress 3.14 Solid strain 3.15 Rheology Further reading Chapter 4 Flow, deformation, and transport 4.1 The origin of large-scale fluid flow 4.2 Fluid flow types 4.3 Fluid boundary layers 4.4 Laminar flow 4.5 Turbulent flow 4.6 Stratified flow 4.7 Particle settling 4.8 Particle transport by flows 4.9 Waves and liquids 4.10 Transport by waves 4.11 Granular gravity flow 4.12 Turbidity flows 4.13 Flow through porous and granular solids 4.14 Fractures 4.15 Faults 4.16 Solid bending, buckling, and folds 4.17 Seismic waves 4.18 Molecules in motion: kinetic theory, heat conduction, and diffusion 4.19 Heat transport by radiation 4.20 Heat transport by convection Further reading Chapter 5 Inner Earth processes and systems 5.1 Melting, magmas, and volcanoes 5.2 Plate tectonics Further reading Chapter 6 Outer Earth processes and systems 6.1 Atmosphere 6.2 Atmosphere-ocean interface 6.3 Atmosphere-land interface 6.4 Deep ocean 6.5 Shallow ocean 6.6 Ocean-land interface: coasts 6.7 Land surface Further reading Appendix Brief mathematical refresher or study guide Cookies Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Call number: 21/SR 90.0917(91) ; 21/SR 22.19544(91)
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 91
    Description / Table of Contents: Für die Auswertung der Laserentfernungsmessungen zu künstlichen Erdsatelliten im Rahmen des internationalen MERIT-Projektes fungierte das Zentralinstitut für Physik der Erde, Potsdam, als eines der fünf Hauptanalysenzentren. Für den insgesamt 14 Monate umfassenden Zeitraum wurden etwa 5000 Durchgänge des Satelliten LAGEOS ausgewertet, die im Standard-Datensatz aus rund 50 000 Normalpunkten bestanden und von etwa 30 Beobachtungsstationen gewonnen wurden. Als Kernstuck der Auswertung dient das Bahnprogramm POTSDAM-5, das die Satellitenbahn numerisch integriert und damit eine Bahnmodellierung und Parameterbestimmung mit höchster Genauigkeit ermöglicht. Grundlagen des Bahnmodells wie die Realisierung des Inertialsystems, das Verfahren der Integration sowie verwendete Modellkomponenten und -parameter entsprechend den MERIT-Standards werden detailliert beschrieben.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 81 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Tabellen , 30 cm
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 91
    Language: German
    Note: Zusammenfassung Summary резюме 1. Einleitung (H. Montag) 2. Das Bahnprogrammsystem POTSDAM-5 zur Analyse der Meßdaten (G. Gendt) 2.1. Verwendete Konstanten und Parameter 2.2. Realisierung der Referenzsysteme 2.2.1. Realisierung des Inertialsystems 2.2.2. Realisierung des terrestrischen Referenzsystems 2.2.3. Zusammenfassung der Transformationen 2.3. Positionen von Mond und Sonne 2.4. Reduktion der Laserentfernungsmessungen 2.5. Numerische Integration der Satellitenbewegungsgleichung und der Variationsgleichungen 2.6. Berechnung der auf den Satelliten wirkenden Beschleunigungen 2.6.1. Darstellung der Gravitation der Erde 2.6.2. Gravitation von Mond und Sonne 2.6.3. Gezeiten der festen Erde 2.6.4. Meeresgezeiten 2.6.5. Nichtgravitative Störungen 2.7. Berechnung der partiellen Ableitungen 2.1.1. Partielle Ableitungen für Bahnparameter 2.7.2. Partielle Ableitungen für Stations- und Polkoordinaten sowie Zeit und Erdrotation 2.7.3. Partielle Ableitungen für geodynamische Parameter 2.8. Parameterschätzung 3. Datenbereitstellung und Archivierung von Laserdaten 3.1. Datenbereitstellung (K. Kurth) 3.2. Archivierung von Laserdaten (K. Kurth) 3.3. Methode zur Berechnung von Normalpunkten aus Laserentfernungsmessungen (W. Korth) 4. Ergebnisse 4.1. Stationskoordinaten (R. Dietrich) 4.1.1. Bedeutung 4.1.2. Berechnung der Stationskoordinaten 4.1.3. Genauigkeit der Koordinaten 4.1.4. Weiterführende Untersuchungen zu zeitlichen Änderungen der Stationskoordinaten 4.2. Ergebnisse der Bestimmung von Erdrotationsparametern (H. Montag) 4.2.1. Allgemeine Betrachtungen 4.2.2. Ergebnisse für Polkoordinaten und Tageslängen 5. Vergleich mit anderen Lösungen und Wertung der Ergebnisse (H. Montag) 5.1. Vergleich der Ergebnisse verschiedener Analysenzentren für Laserentfernungsmessungen zu künstlichen Erdsatelliten 5.2. Vergleich der Ergebnisse verschiedener Methoden 5.3. Einschätzung der Ergebnisse und Schlußfolgerungen Literaturverzeichnis Anhang: Tabellen 9 - 12
    Location: Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Potsdam : Zentralinstitut Physik der Erde
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 21/SR 90.0917(89) ; 21/SR 22.19544(89)
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 89
    In: Geodetic boundary value problems, II
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 229 Seiten , Illustrationen , 30 cm
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 89
    Language: English
    Note: A. A test for the Marussi condition. B. On the evaluation of the numerical amount of the residual term of the solution of the geodetic boundary value problem. C. The solution of the first mixed boundary value problem of the geodesy as an optimal method for the computation of the altimetrygravimetry problem. D. Gravity disturbances as boundary values on the surface of the Earth. E. A proof of the convergence of the spherical - harmonics series development of a potential exterior of a regular surface by the completeness of the system of the base functions at the surface.
    Location: Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Call number: 21/SR 90.0917(88) ; 21/SR 22.19544(88)
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 88
    Description / Table of Contents: Aus einer Analyse des Standes und der Grenzen von Astasierungen in Seismographensystemen wird ein Vorschlag für eine dynamische Astasierung abgeleitet. Diese wird theoretisch untersucht und für eine Anwendung auf einem Rechner modelliert. Eine Erhöhung der Eigenperiode Ts auf ca. 5 Ts für den Nutzsignalbereich ist erreichbar. Die Anwendung auf andere mechanische Schwinger ist möglich.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 84 Seiten , Illustrationen , 30 cm
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 88
    Language: German
    Note: 1. Die Untersuchung bekannter Astasierungen 1.1. Die Aufgabe der Seismometrie und die Beziehung der Astasierung zu ihr 1.2. Die Auffassung von einer Astasierung bei Pendeln und Seismographen im historischen Überblick 1.3. Übliche Darstellungen mechanisch astasierter Seismographen 1.4. Astasierung bei geregelten elektronischen Seismographen 1.5. Grenzen bekannter Astasierungen 1.6. Erkenntnisse zum physikalischen Verständnis der Astasierung 1.7. Die Konsequenz dieser Erkenntnisse 2. Der dynamisch astasierte Seismograph 2.1. Die genäherte Übertragungsfunktion der Konfiguration HP2-HP1 2.2. Abschätzungen zur Stabilität 2.3. Untersuchung der Parametereinflüsse in der vollen Übertragungsfunktion mittels Rechnermodellierung 2.4. Vorschläge für technische Ausführungen dynamisch astasierter Seismographen 2.5. Modellierung auf einem Mikrorechner als Realisierungshilfe 3. Zum allgemeinen Anwendungsbereich des dynamisch astasierten mechanischen Schwingers 3.1. Anwendungskategorien 3.2. Rückschau und Ausblick Literatur
    Location: Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Call number: 21/SR 90.0917(90) ; MOP 46768 / Mitte ; 21/SR 22.19544(90)
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 90
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 91 Seiten , Illustrationen, Fotos , 30 cm
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 90
    Language: German
    Note: vollständige Fassung der am 6. November 1984 bei der Akademie der Wissenschaften der DDR verteidigte Dissertation A , 1. Einleitung 2. Zur Formalisierung fernerkundungsspezifischer Erkennungsprozesse 2.1. Das Vektorkonzept in der Fernerkundung 2.2. Stochastisch überwachte Erkennung 2.3. Physikalisch überwachte Erkennung 2.3.1. Fachspezifische und Fernerkundungsspezifische Objektmerkmale 2.3.2. Induktive und deduktive Modelle bei der physikalisch überwachten Erkennung 2.3.3. Vorschlag für ein Formalisierungsprinzip im Rahmen des physikalisch-überwachten Erkennungskonzeptes 2.3.4. Verfahren zur Merkmalsextraktion 3. Schaffung der experimentellen Voraussetzungen 3.1. Anforderungen an die Messung des spektralen gerichteten Remissionskoeffizienten 3.1.1. Anforderungen aus den speziellen Beleuchtungsbedingungen einer natürlichen Szene 3.1.2. Anforderungen aus speziellen Objekteigenschaften 3.2. Stand der experimentellen Gerätetechnik 3.3. Realisierung der experimentellen Voraussetzungen 3.4. Eigenschaften des Feldspektrometers BSP-83 3.4.1. Meßaufbau und -methoden 3.4.2. Spektralkanäle und Bandbreiten 3.4.3. Stabilität des Meßsignals 3.4.4. Öffnungswinkel des Bodenobjektivs und Indikatrix der Streuscheibe 3.4.5. Zeitlicher Ablauf des Meßvorganges 3.4.6. Bestimmung des Verstärkungsverhältnisses 4. Vorbereitung und Durchführung der Feldexperimente 1982/1983 4.1. Allgemeine methodische Grundlagen 4.2. Festlegung der Untersuchungsobjekte und Testgebiete 4.3. Auswahl der fachspezifischen Merkmale sowie der Störparameter 4.4. Aufstellung des Versuchsplanes 5. Aufbereitung der Meßdaten 5.1. Datenübernahme und Vorverarbeitung 5.2. Datenspeicherung 5.3. Statistische Datenanalyse 5.3.1. Faktorenanalyse 5.3.2. Varianzanalyse 5.3.3. Regressions- und Korrelationsanalyse 5.3.4. Diskriminanzanalyse 6. Auswertung und Ergebnisse der Feldexperimente 1982/83 6.1. Ergebnisse der Meßperiode 1982 6.2. Ergebnisse der Meßperiode 1983 6.3. Ergebnisse der Radiometermessungen 7. Zusammenfassung und Schlußfolgerungen 8. Literaturverzeichnis
    Location: Reading room
    Location: MOP - must be ordered
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Springer
    Call number: AWI S2-23-95184
    Description / Table of Contents: A comprehensive and practical guide to analysing ecological data based on courses given to researchers, environmental consultants and post graduate students. Provides comprehensive introductory chapters together with 17 detailed case study chapters written jointly with former course attendants. Each case study explores the statistical options most appropriate to the ecological questions being asked and will help the reader choose the best approach to analysing their own data. A non-mathematical, but modern approach (GLM, GAM, mixed models, tree models, neural networks) is used throughout the book, making it ideally suited to practicing ecologists and environmental scientists as well as professional statisticians. All data sets from the case studies are available for downloading from www.highstat.com
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXVI, 672 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 0387459677 (hbk) , 9780387459677 (hbk) , 978-0-387-45967-7 , 0387459723 (electronic) , 9780387459723 (electronic)
    Series Statement: Statistics for biology and health
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Contributors 1 Introduction 1.1 Part 1: Applied statistical theory 1.2 Part 2: The case studies 1.3 Data, software and flowcharts 2 Data management and software 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Data management 2.3 Data preparation 2.4 Statistical software 3 Advice for teachers 3.1 Introduction 4 Exploration 4.1 The first steps 4.2 Outliers, transformations and standardisations 4.3 A final thought on data exploration 5 Linear regression 5.1 Bivariate linear regression 5.2 Multiple linear regression 5.3 Partial linear regression 6 Generalised linear modelling 6.1 Poisson regression 6.2 Logistic regression 7 Additive and generalised additive modelling 7.1 Introduction 7.2 The additive model 7.3 Example of an additive model 7.4 Estimate the smoother and amount of smoothing 7.5 Additive models with multiple explanatory variables 7.6 Choosing the amount of smoothing 7.7 Model selection and validation 7.8 Generalised additive modelling 7.9 Where to go from here 8 Introduction to mixed modelling 8.1 Introduction 8.2 The random intercept and slope model 8.3 Model selection and validation 8.4 A bit of theory 8.5 Another mixed modelling example 8.6 Additive mixed modelling 9 Univariate tree models 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Pruning the tree 9.3 Classification trees 9.4 A detailed example: Ditch data 10 Measures of association 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Association between sites: Q analysis 10.3 Association among species: R analysis 10.4 Q and R analysis: Concluding remarks 10.5 Hypothesis testing with measures of association 11 Ordination — First encounter 11.1 Bray-Curtis ordination 12 Principal component analysis and redundancy analysis 12.1 The underlying principle of PCA 12.2 PCA: Two easy explanations 12.3 PCA: Two technical explanations 12.4 Example of PCA 12.5 The biplot 12.6 General remarks 12.7 Chord and Hellinger transformations 12.8 Explanatory variables 12.9 Redundancy analysis 12.10 Partial RDA and variance partitioning 12.11 PCA regression to deal with collinearity 13 Correspondence analysis and canonical correspondence analysis 13.1 Gaussian regression and extensions 13.2 Three rationales for correspondence analysis 13.3 From RGR to CCA13.4 Understanding the CCA triplot 13.5 When to use PCA, CA, RDA or CCA 13.6 Problems with CA and CCA 14 Introduction to discriminant analysis 14.1 Introduction 14.2 Assumptions 14.3 Example 14.4 The mathematics 14.5 The numerical output for the sparrow data 15 Principal coordinate analysis and non-metric multidimensional scaling 15.1 Principal coordinate analysis 15.2 Non-metric multidimensional scaling 16 Time series analysis — Introduction 16.1 Using what we have already seen before 16.2 Auto-regressive integrated moving average models with exogenous variables 17 Common trends and sudden changes 17.1 Repeated LOESS smoothing 17.2 Identifying the seasonal component 17.3 Common trends: MAFA 17.4 Common trends: Dynamic factor analysis 17.5 Sudden changes: Chronological clustering 18 Analysis and modelling of lattice data 18.1 Lattice data 18.2 Numerical representation of the lattice structure 18.3 Spatial correlation 18.4 Modelling lattice data 18.5 More exotic models 18.6 Summary 19 Spatially continuous data analysis and modelling 19.1 Spatially continuous data 19.2 Geostatistical functions and assumptions 19.3 Exploratory variography analysis 19.4 Geostatistical modelling: Kriging 19.5 A full spatial analysis of the bird radar data 20 Univariate methods to analyse abundance of decapod larvae 20.1 Introduction 20.2 The data 20.3 Data exploration 20.4 Linear regression results 20.5 Additive modelling results 20.6 How many samples to take? 20.7 Discussion 21 Analysing presence and absence data for flatfish distribution in the Tagus estuary, Portugal 21.1 Introduction 21.2 Data and materials 21.3 Data exploration 21.4 Classification trees 21.5 Generalised additive modelling 21.6 Generalised linear modelling 21.7 Discussion 22 Crop pollination by honeybees in Argentina using additive mixed modelling 22.1 Introduction 22.2 Experimental setup 22.3 Abstracting the information 22.4 First steps of the analyses: Data exploration 22.5 Additive mixed modelling 22.6 Discussion and conclusions 23 Investigating the effects of rice farming on aquatic birds with mixed modelling 23.1 Introduction 23.2 The data 23.3 Getting familiar with the data: Exploration 23.4 Building a mixed model 23.5 The optimal model in terms of random components 23.6 Validating the optimal linear mixed model 23.7 More numerical output for the optimal model 23.8 Discussion 24 Classification trees and radar detection of birds for North Sea wind farms 24.1 Introduction 24.2 From radars to data 24.3 Classification trees 24.4 A tree for the birds 24.5 A tree for birds, clutter and more clutter 24.6 Discussion and conclusions 25 Fish stock identification through neural network analysis of parasite fauna 25.1 Introduction 25.2 Horse mackerel in the northeast Atlantic 25.3 Neural networks 25.4 Collection of data 25.5 Data exploration 25.6 Neural network results 25.7 Discussion 26 Monitoring for change: Using generalised least squares, non-metric multidimensional scaling, and the Mantel test on western Montana grasslands 26.1 Introduction 26.2 The data 26.3 Data exploration 26.4 Linear regression results 26.5 Generalised least squares results 26.6 Multivariate analysis results 26.7 Discussion 27 Univariate and multivariate analysis applied on a Dutch sandy beach community 27.1 Introduction 27.2 The variables 27.3 Analysing the data using univariate methods 27.4 Analysing the data using multivariate methods 27.5 Discussion and conclusions 28 Multivariate analyses of South-American zoobenthic species — spoilt for choice 28.1 Introduction and the underlying questions 28.2 Study site and sample collection 28.3 Data exploration 28.4 The Mantel test approach 28.5 The transformation plus RDA approach 28.6 Discussion and conclusions 29 Principal component analysis applied to harbour porpoise fatty acid data 29.1 Introduction 29.2 The data 29.3 Principal component analysis 29.4 Data exploration 29.5 Principal component analysis results 29.6 Simpler alternatives to PCA 29.7 Discussion 30 Multivariate analyses of morphometric turtle data — size and shape 30.1 Introduction 30.2 The turtle data 30.3 Data exploration 30.4 Overview of classic approaches related to PCA 30.5 Applying PCA to the original turtle data 30.6 Classic morphometric data analysis approaches 30.7 A geometric morphometric approach 31 Redundancy analysis and additive modelling applied on savanna tree data 31.1 Introduction 31.2 Study area 31.3 Methods 31.4 Results 31.5 Discussion 32 Canonical correspondence analysis of lowland pasture vegetation in the humid tropics of Mexico 32.1 Introduction 32.2 The study area 32.3 The data 32.4 Data exploration 32.5 Canonical correspondence analysis results 32.6 African star grass 32.7 Discussion and conclusion 33 Estimating common trends in Portuguese fisheries landings 33.1 Introduction 33.2 The time series data 33.3 MAFA and DFA 33.4 MAFA results 33.5 DFA results 33.6 Discussion 34 Common trends in demersal communities on the Newfoundland-Labrador Shelf 34.1 Introduction 34.2 Data 34.3 Time series analysis 34.4 Discussion 35 Sea level change and salt marshes in the Wadden Sea: A time series analysis 35.1 Interaction between hydrodynamical and biological factors 35.2 The data 35.3 Data exploration 35.4 Additive mixed modelling 35.5 Additive mixed modelling results 35.6 Discussion 36 Time series analysis of Hawaiian waterbirds 36.1 Introduction 36.2 Endangered Hawaiian waterbirds 36.3 Data exploration 36.4 Three ways to estimate trends 36.5 Additive mixed modelling 36.6 Sudden breakpoints 36.7 Discussion 37 Spatial modelling of forest community features in the Volzhsko-Kamsky reserve 37.1 Introduction 37.2 Study area 37.3 Data exploration 37.4 Models of boreality without spatial auto-correlation 37.5 Models of boreality with spatial auto-correlation 37.6 Conclusion References Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Call number: 21/SR 90.0917(87) ; 21/SR 22.19544(87)
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 87
    Description / Table of Contents: In einer durch eigene Geländearbeiten sowohl im südlichen Afrika (VR Moçambique) als auch Antarktika (Shackleton Range während der 22. Sowjetischen Antarktisexpedition) gestützten Literaturauswertung wird das geologische Regime des südlichen Afrikas und Antarktikas vom Präkambrium bis zum Jura, dem Beginn der Aufspaltung des Gondwana-Superkontinentes, in zahlreichen paläogeographischen und tektonischen Schemakarten beschrieben und die entsprechenden geologischen Strukturen beider Kontinente auf mögliche ehemalige Zusammengehörigkeit überprüft. Aufgrund der gesammelten Unterlagen ist die beste Übereinstimmung erreicht, wenn Gebiete des Dronning Maud Land Antarktikas an die heutige Küste der VR Moçambique angepaßt werden. Im westlichen Bereich der Nahtstelle schiebt sich das Falkland-/Malwinen-Plateau ein.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 205 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 30 cm
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 87
    Language: German
    Note: Aktualisierte Fassung der am 19. Oktober 1984 bei der Akademie der Wissenschaften der DDR verteidigten Dissertation B , Zusammenfassungen Vorbemerkungen Legende, verwendet für Abbildungen und teilweise Tabellen 1. Afrika 1.1. Präkambrium 1.1.1. Archaische Kratone 1.1.1.1. Simbabwe-Kraton 1.1.1.2. Kaapvaal-Kraton 1.1.1.3. Limpopo-Provinz 1.1.2. Archaische Epikratonbecken 1.1.2.1. Pongola-Supergruppe 1.1.2.2. Witwatersrand-Triade 1.1.3. Altproterozoische Epikratonbecken der Transvaal-Supergruppe 1.1.3.1. Wolkberg-Gruppe 1.1.3.2. Black-Reef-Gruppe 1.1.3.3. Dolomit-/Ghaap-Gruppe 1.1.3.4. Pretoria-/Griquatown-Gruppe 1.1.4. Tektonik der Epikratonbecken (bis vor 2.000 Mill.J.) 1.1.4.1. Tektonischer Bau des Gesamtbeckens 1.1.4.2. Tektonischer Bau am Südrand 1.1.4.3. Bushveld-Magmatitkomplex 1.1.5. Mittelproterozoische Epikratonbecken 1.1.5.1. Waterberg-Gruppe (Kaapvaal-Kraton) 1.1.5.2. Umkondo-Gruppe (Simbabwe-Kraton) 1.1.6. Namaqua-Natal-Mobilgürtel 1.1.7. Jungproterozoische Akkumulationsgebiete 1.1.7.1. Geosynklinalentwicklung 1.1.7.2. Tafelentwicklung 1.1.8. Panafrikanische Tektogenese 1.1.8.1. Geosynklinalgebiete 1.1.8.2. Aktivierungsgebiete (Mozambique Belt) 1.2. Phanerozoikum 1.2.1. Cape-Supergruppe 1.2.1.1. Tafelberg-/Natal-Gruppe 1.2.1.2. Bokkeveld-Gruppe 1.2.1.3. Witteberg-Gruppe 1.2.2. Karroo-Supergruppe 1.2.2.1. Dwyka-Gruppe 1.2.2.1.1. Great Karroo Basin 1.2.2.1.2. Übrige Gebiete 1.2.2.1.3. Paläogeographie 1.2.2.2. Ecca-Gruppe und Upper-Dwyka shales 1.2.2.2.1. Great Karroo Basin 1.2.2.2.2. Übrige Gebiete 1.2.2.2.3. Paläogeographie 1.2.2.3. Beaufort-Gruppe 1.2.2.3.1. Great Karroo Basin 1.2.2.3.2. Übrige Gebiete 1.2.2.3.3. Paläogeographie 1.2.2.4. Untere Stormberg-Gruppe 1.2.2.4.1. Great Karroo Basin 1.2.2.4.2. Übrige Gebiete 1.2.2.4.3. Paläogeographie 1.2.2.5. Obere Stormberg-Gruppe 1.2.2.5.1. Great Karroo Basin 1.2.2.5.2. Libombos 1.2.2.5.3. Nuanetsi-Magmatitkomplex 1.2.2.5.4. Übrige Gebiete 1.2.2.5.5. Magmatische Provinzen 1.2.2.6. Cape-Tektogenese 1.2.3. Postkarroo 1.2.3.1. Kreide 1.2.3.2. Känozoikum 1.2.3.3. Tektonisches Regime 2. Antarktika 2.1. Ostantarktischer Kraton 2.1.1. Kristallines Fundament 2.1.1.1. Enderby Land 2.1.1.2. Dronning Maud Land 2.1.1.3. Shackleton Range 2.1.1.4. Transantarktisches Gebirge 2.1.2. Präriphäische Epikratonentwicklung 2.1.3. Riphäische Epikratonentwicklung 2.2. Mobilgürtel des Transantarktischen Gebirges 2.2.1. Geosynklinalentwicklung 2.2.1.1. Riphäikum 2.2.1.2. Kambrium -- Ordovizium 2.2.2. Tektogene Entwicklung 2.2.3. Subsequenter Magmatismus 2.3. Tafelentwicklung der Beacon-Supergruppe 2.3.1. Sedimente 2.3.1.1. Präglaziale Sedimente 2.3.1.2. Glaziale Sedimente 2.3.1.3. Permische Postglazialsedimente 2.3.1.4. Triassische Postglazialsedimente 2.3.2. Ferrar-Magmatite 2.3.3. Tektogene Entwicklung 2.4. Westantarktika 3. Regionalgeologischer Vergleich zwischen südlichem Afrika und Antarktika 3.1. Präriphäikum 3.2. Tektogenetische Beanspruchungen zwischen 2.000 und 900 Mill.J. 3.3. Riphäikum 3.3.1. Geosynklinalentwicklung 3.3.2. Tafelentwicklung 3.4. Panafrikanische bzw. Beardmore-Tektogenese 3.5. Kambrium bis Unteres Ordovizium 3.6. Karroo- bzw. Beacon-Supergruppe 3.6.1. Präglazialablagerungen 3.6.2. Permokarbonische Glazialablagerungen 3.6.3. Postglazialablagerungen 3.6.4. Cape-Weddell-Faltung 3.6.5. Jurassischer Tafelmagmatismus 4. Position von Afrika und Antarktika im Gondwana-Superkontinent 4.1. Bedeutung des Falkland-/Malwinen-Plateau 4.2. Rekonstruktionsversuch 5. Schlußfolgerungen Literatur
    Location: Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Call number: 21/SR 90.0917(86) ; Q 3217 ; MOP 46767 / Mitte ; 21/SR 22.19544(86)
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 86
    Description / Table of Contents: Nach einführenden Betrachtungen über die Definition der Zeiteinheit, die Bereitstellung von Zeitskalen und die dabei zu berücksichtigenden relativistischen Effekte werden im 2. Abschnitt die Anforderungen moderner geodätischer Meßverfahren an die Zeit- und Frequenzmaßtechnik abgeleitet. Das Prinzip dieser Verfahren besteht darin, Entfernungen aus der Messung von Signallaufzeiten bei bekannter Lichtgeschwindigkeit und Entfernungsänderungen z. B. über den Dopplereffekt aus Frequenzänderungen zu bestimmen. Dabei werden hohe Anforderungen an die Zeit- und Frequenzmeßtechnik gestellt. Die aus der Analyse dieser Verfahren abgeleiteten Werte sind in einer Tabelle zusammengefaßt worden. Die hohen Anforderungen und die zu erwartende Entwicklung weiterer Varianten geodätischer Meßverfahren waren Anlaß dafür, den Entwicklungsstand der Zeit- und Frequenzmeßtechnik sowie erkennbare Tendenzen der Weiterentwicklung grundlegend zu analysieren und darzustellen. Im 3. Abschnitt werden deshalb Frequenznormale und die Messung ihrer Instabilität, Verfahren zum Zeitskalenvergleich, Verfahren zur Übertragung von Normalfrequenzen sowie Verfahren zur Zeitintervallmessung untersucht. Der im 4. Abschnitt durchgeführte Vergleich mit den Anforderungen moderner geodätischer Meßverfahren zeigt, daß deren Leistungsfähigkeit durch den Stand der Zeit- und Frequenzmeßtechnik nicht beeinträchtigt wird.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 123 Seiten , Illustrationen , 30 cm
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 86
    Language: German
    Note: Gekürzte Fassung der am 19. September 1984 bei der Akadademie der Wissenschaften der DDR verteidigten Dissertation B , 1. Die Definition der Zeiteinheit und die Bereitstellung von Zeitskalen 1.1. Zeitpunkt und Zeitintervall 1.2. Definition der Zeiteinheit 1.3. Vergleich zwischen astronomischer und quantenphysikalischer Definition 1.4. Zeitskalen 1.4.1. Astronomische Zeitskalen 1.4.2. Atomzeitskalen 1.4.2.1. Internationale Atomzeit TAI 1.4.2.2. Koordinierte Weltzeit UTC 1.4.3. Normalzeit der DDR 1.4.4. Einfluß relativistischer Effekte auf Zeitskalen 2. Anforderungen moderner geodätischer Meßverfahren an die Zeit- und Frequenzmeßtechnik 2.1. Aufgaben der Geodäsie und ihre meßtechnische Lösung 2.2. Betrachtung der einzelnen Meßverfahren 2.2.1. Elektronische Verfahren zur terrestrischen Entfernungsmessung 2.2.1.1. Meßprinzip 2.2.1.1.1. Phasenmeßverfahren 2.2.1.1.2. Impulsmeßverfahren 2.2.1.2. Anforderungen an die Zeitintervall- und Frequenzmaßtechnik 2.2.2. Laserentfernungsmessung zu Satelliten 2.2.2.1. Meßprinzip 2.2.2.2. Forderungen an Zeitintervallmessung, Zeitpunktbestimmung und Frequenz 2.2.2.2.1. Zeitintervallmessung 2.2.2.2.2. Zeitpunktbestimmung 2.2.2.2.3. Frequenz 2.2.3. DOPPLER-Messungen zu Satelliten 2.2.3.1. Meßprinzip 2.2.3.2. Fehlereinfluß von Frequenz- und Zeitpunktmessung 2.2.4. Radiointerferometrie mit langer Basis (VLBI) 2.2.4.1. Meßprinzip 2.2.4.2. Anforderungen an Frequenzstabilität und Uhrensynchronisation 2.2.5. Satelliten-Radiointerferometrie 2.2.5.1. Das GPS-System als mögliche Basis 2.2.5.2. Meßverfahren zur Koordinaten- und Koordinatendifferenzbestimmung 2.2.5.2.1. Entfernungsmessung 2.2.5.2.2. DOPPLER-Verfahren 2.2.5.2.3. Interferometrische Verfahren 2.2.5.2.3.1. Direkte Verwendung der Satellitensignale 2.2.5.2.3.2. Verwendung zusätzlich ausgestrahlter kontinuierlicher Frequenzen 2.2.5.2.3.3. Verwendung des rekonstruierten Trägers 2.2.5.3. Vergleich der Leistungsfähigkeit der Meßverfahren 2.2.5.3.1. Positionsbestimmung 2.2.5.3.2. Basislinienbestimmung 2.2.5.4. Fehlereinfluß der Zeit- und Frequenznormale 2.2.5.4.1. Einfluß der Satellitenfrequenznormale 2.2.5.4.2. Einfluß der Empfängerfrequenznormale 2.2.6. Absolutwertbestimmung der Fallbeschleunigung mit Fall- und Wurfmethoden 2.2.6.1. Meßprinzip 2.2.6.2. Anforderungen an die Zeitintervalltechnik 2.3. Bedeutung der Meßgrößen Zeitpunkt, Zeitintervall und Frequenz in geodätischen Meßverfahren 2.4. Zusammmenstellung der Anforderungen moderner geodätischer Meßverfahren an die Messung von Zeitpunkt, Zeitintervall und Frequenz 3. Verfahren der Zeit- und Frequenzmaßtechnik zur Realisierung der Anforderungen moderner geodätischer Meßverfahren 3.1. Realisierung von Zeit- und Frequenznormalen 3.1.1. Quarzstabilisierte Frequenznormale 3.1.2. Atomfrequenznormale 3.1.2.1. Physikalisches Prinzip 3.1.2.1.1. Wechselwirkung zwischen Strahlung und Materie 3.1.2.1.2. Atomspektren und ZEEMAN-Effekt 3.1.2.2. Technische Realisierung 3.1.2.2.1. Prinzipielle Lösung 3.1.2.2.2. Praktische Ausführung 3.1.2.2.2.1. Cs-Resonator 3.1.2.2.2.2. H-Maser 3.1.2.2.2.3. Rb-Gaszelle 3.1.2.3. Grenzen der Leistungsfähigkeit gegenwärtiger Atomfrequenznormale 3.1.2.4. Tendenzen der Weiterentwicklung 3.1.2.4.1. Verbesserungen und neue Konzeptionen im Mikrowellenbereich 3.1.2.4.2. Neue Frequenznormale im optischen Bereich 3.1.2.4.3. Zusammenstellung der erreichten Leistungsparameter Absolutgenauigkeit und Stabilität 3.1.2.5. Metrologische Bedeutung der Atomfrequenznormale 3.1.3. Oszillatoren mit supraleitendem Resonator 3.1.4. Kriterien zur Kennzeichnung der Instabilität von Frequenznormalen 3.1.4.1. Modell für das Signal eines Oszillators 3.1.4.2. Kennzeichnung der Frequenzinstabilität im Zeitbereich 3.1.4.2.1. Wahre Varianz 3.1.4.2.2. Zwei-Proben-Varianz 3.1.4.3. Kennzeichnung der Frequenzinstabilität im Frequenzbereich 3.1.4.4. Zusammenhang zwischen den Maßen der Frequenzinstabilität im Zeit- und Frequenzbereich 3.1.4.5. Meßverfahren zur Bestimmung der Frequenzinstabilität 3.1.5. Fehlereinfluß der Frequenznormale bei der Approximation von Zeitskalen 3.2. Verfahren zur Verbreitung und zum Vergleich von Zeitskalen 3.2.1. Zeitzeichensendungen terrestrischer Sender in den verschiedenen Frequenzbereichen 3.2.1.1. Zeitzeichensendungen im Längstwellenbereich 3.2.1.2. Zeitzeichensendungen im Langwellenbereich 3.2.1.2.1. Sender mit kontinuierlicher Trägerwelle 3.2.1.2.2. Sender mit nichtkontinuierlichem Träger LORAN C 3.2.1.3. Zeitzeichensendungen im Kurzwellenbereich 3.2.2. Zeitskalenvergleich durch Atomuhrentransport 3.2.3. Verwendung von Fernsehsendern und Richtfunkstrecken 3.2.4. Satellitenverfahren 3.2.4.1. Einwegverfahren 3.2.4.1.1. Verwendung von Satelliten ohne Zeitnormale 3.2.4.1.2. Verwendung von Satelliten mit Zeitnormalen 3.2.4.2. Zweiwegverfahren 3.2.4.3. Zusammenstellung durchgeführter Satellitenexperimente 3.2.4.3.1. Einwegverfahren 3.2.4.3.2. Zweiwegverfahren 3.2.4.4. Zusammenfassung 3.3. Vergleich und Übertragung von Normalfrequenz 3.3.1. Normalfrequenzübertragung über Rundfunksender 3.3.2. Normalfrequenzübertragung über das Fernsehnetz 3.3.2.1. Verwendung der Zeilensynchronimpulse des Fernsehsignals 3.3.2.2. Normalfrequenzübertragung mittels Farbträgersubfrequenz bzw. Übertragung von 1-MHz-Schwingungen in Austastlücken 3.3.3. Normalfrequenzübertragung über Satelliten 3.3.4. Normalfrequenzvergleiche über Zeitimpulse 3.4. Verfahren zur Zeitintervallmessung 3.4.1. Erfassung zeitsignifikanter Punkte 3.4.2. Ausmessung eines definierten Zeitintervalls 3.4.3. Interpolationsverfahren zur Erhöhung der Auflösung 3.4.3.1. Digitale Interpolation 3.4.3.2. Analoge Interpolation 4. Zusammenfassende Darstellung von Stand und Entwicklungstendenzen der elektronischen Zeit- und Frequenzmeßtechnik 4.1. Frequenznormale 4.2. Internationale Zeitskalenvergleiche 4.3. Internationale Frequenzvergleiche 4.4. Territoriale Normalfrequenzbereitstellung 4.5. Messung kurzer Zeitintervalle 5. Einschätzung des Einflusses der Zeit- und Frequenzmeßtechnik auf die Leistungsfähigkeit moderner geodätischer Meßverfahren 6. Literaturverzeichnis
    Location: Reading room
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: MOP - must be ordered
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boulder, Colo. : Plant Ecology Laboratory, Institute of Arctic and Alpine Research University of Colorado
    Call number: AWI G3-23-94998
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 29, 27 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: U.S. Department of Energy R4D Program Data Report
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents List of figures, tables, appendices Introduction Methods Locations of the transects Site factors Soil Chemical properties Soil pH Cations NO3 Total P and SO4 Vegetation sampling Results Discussion Conclusions Acknowledgements References Figures Tables Appendices
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Call number: AWI G3-23-94993
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 24 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    London : Routledge
    Call number: RIFS 23.95078
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: Illustrationen , graph. Darst.
    Edition: imprint
    ISBN: 0043381189 , 9781138297753 , 9781138297739
    Series Statement: Routledge library editions. International trade policy volume 20
    Language: Undetermined
    Branch Library: RIFS Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: 21/SR 90.0917(85) ; 21/SR 22.19544(85)
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 85
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Ausbreitung von Rayleighwellen wird für das Gebiet der DDR sowie seine nördliche, östliche und südliche Umgebung ausführlich untersucht. Es wird dabei zwischen Primäraffekten wie Dispersion und Sekundäreffekten wie Dämpfung, Erscheinungsformen höherer Moden, Reflexion an vertikalen Diskontinuitäten und Polarisationsanomalien unterschieden. Zunächst werden aber erst die Methoden der Seismogrammbearbeitung behandelt. Über bekannte Konzepte hinaus wird schließlich eine Methodik angewandt, die soweit wie möglich im Zeitbereich arbeitet, um auch bei Zwischenschritten noch eine Beurteilung durch den Seismologen zu ermöglichen. Zur Seismogrammbearbeitung gehören multiple Filterung, harmonische Analyse für eine Phasenbestimmung, Modenextraktion. Die Möglichkeiten einer digitalen Seismogrammkorrektur bezüglich der Parameter des aufzeichnenden Seismographen werden genutzt. Die meisten Schritte werden rekursiv ausgeführt und benötigen wenig Rechenzeit. Schließlich wird noch auf die Grundlagen der Inversion von Dispersionsergebnissen in Tiefenmodelle der Scherwellengeschwindigkeit eingegangen.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 111 Seiten , Illustrationen , 30 cm
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 85
    Language: German
    Note: Veränderte Fassung der am 6. November 1985 bei der Akademie der Wissenschaften der DDR verteidigten Dissertationen B , Zusammenfassung 1. Einleitung 2. Generalisierung der Dispersion von Rayleighwellen für das Gebiet der DDR und deren Umgebung 2.1. Möglichkeiten der Generalisierung von Oberflächenwellenbeobachtungen 2.2. Datenprozessing 2.2.1. Literaturüberblick 2.2.2. Eigene Methode der Datenbearbeitung 2.2.2.1. Fehlerkorrektur 2.2.2.2. Seismographenkorrektur 2.2.2.3. Butterworthfilter zur Zeitreihenbearbeitung 2.2.2.4. Zeitabhängige Filter 2.2.2.5. Bestimmung der Phasengeschwindigkeit 2.3. Inversion von Dispersionskurven 2.4. Beobachtung der Dispersion 2.4.1. Beschreibung der Beobachtungen 2.4.2. Norden und Süden der DDR 2.4.3. Erzgebirge (MOBR) 2.4.4. BRG - QED 2.4.5. Ostsee 2.4.6. Böhmisches Massiv 2.4.7. Dispersion zwischen MOX und WAR 2.4.8. Profillinie zwischen MOX und COP 2.4.9. Profil von Moxa nach Pulkovo (MOPU) 2.5. Generalisierende Betrachtung der Rayleighwellendispersion für Mittel-, Nord- und Osteuropa 2.5.1. Untersuchungsgebiet DDR 2.5.2. Mittel-, Nord- und Osteuropa 2.5.3. Dispersionsvergleich Europa - Antarktika 3. Dämpfung von Oberflächenwellen 3.1. Physikalische Grundlagen 3.2. State of art 3.3. Datenaufbereitung zur Dämpfungsbestimmung 3.4. Beobachtung der Dämpfung im Stationsnetz der DDR 3.4.1. Mittlere Dämpfung für das gesamte Gebiet DDR 3.4.2. Negative scheinbare Dämpfung 3.4.3. Hohe scheinbare Dämpfung, Anisotropie im Dreieck MOX - CLL - BRG 3.5. Dämpfung entlang ausgewählter Profile 3.5.1. Profil MOCO 3.5.2. Profil MOWA 4. Höhere Moden 4.1. Kanalwellen 4.2. Zur experimentellen Bestimmung der Phasengeschwindigkeitskurven höherer Moden 5. Reflexion von Oberflächenwellen 5.1. Aktueller Kenntnisstand 5.1.1. Theorie 5.1.2. Beobachtungsbeispiele 5.2. Erkennen von reflektierten Oberflächenwellen 5.2.1. Spektrale Auswirkungen 5.2.2. Autokorrelationsfunktion 5.2.3. Verschiedene Gruppengeschwindigkeitskurven auf Grund multipler Filterung 5.2.4. Extraktion einer einzelnen Wellengruppe 5.3. Geophysikalische Deutung 5.3.1. Reflektierende Diskontinuität 5.3.2. Schätzung des Reflexionskoeffizienten 5.4. Beispiele 5.4.1. Erdbeben 48 5.4.2. Erdbeben 50 5.4.3. Ereignis 18 5.4.4. Ereignis 23 5.4.5. Erdbeben 11 5.4.6. MOCO 3 5.5. Zielgerichtete Untersuchung einer bekannten Diskontinuität 6. Anomale Polarisation der Lovewellen, Anisotropie 6.1. Anisotropie und die Ausbreitung von seismischen Oberflächenwellen 6.2. Experimenteller Nachweis von Polarisationsunregelmäßigkeiten für Eurasien 7. Schlußfolgerungen für Erdkruste und oberen Erdmantel 7.1. Lithosphäre 7.2. Asthenosphäre Literatur Anhang
    Location: Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Call number: 21/SR 90.0917(82) ; MOP 45745 / Mitte ; 21/SR 22.19544(82)
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 82
    Description / Table of Contents: Die 3. Konferenz war der Thematik Fernerkundung in Geographie und Territorialplanung gewidmet. Veranstalter waren die AG NGF (Leiteinrichtung: Zentralinstitut für Physik der Erde der AdW) und die Geographische Gesellschaft der DDR (in Zusammenarbeit mit dem Institut für Geographie und Geoökologie der AdW). Der inhaltliche Schwerpunkt der Veranstaltung wer neben methodischen Grundlagen und Entwicklungen dar Geofernerkundung, diesmal insbesondere orientiert auf praxisrelavante geographische Interpretationen von Fernerkundungsdaten, speziell unter Berücksichtigung der Flächennutzung von Siedlungen, Territorien und ausgewählten Komponenten der Landschaft. Mit dieser Thematik sollten weitere Impulse für die volkswirtschaftliche Nutzanwendung der Fernerkundung in der DDR - speziell auf dem Gebiet der Territorialplanung - gegeben werden. Insgesamt wurden fast 40 Vorträge zu den Themenkomplexen - Methodische Grundlagen der Geofernerkundung, - Geographische Interpretation von Fernerkundungsdaten, - Fernerkundung als Methode der Landschaftsanalyse und - Entwicklungstendenzen der Goofernerkundung gehalten.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 221 Seiten , Illustrationen, Fotos, Diagramme , 30 cm
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 82
    Language: German
    Note: Marek, K.-H.; Krönert, R.: Vorwort Methodische Grundlagen der Fernerkundung Marek, K.-H.: Zu Stand und Entwicklungstendenzen der Geofernerkundung in der DDR Krönert, R.: Nutzung von Daten der Fernerkundung in der Geographie Vasl'ev, L. N.: Die Entwicklung von quantitativen Methoden der kosmischen Erderkundung Vahala, V.: Gegenwärtiger Stand und Entwicklungsperspektiven der Fernerkundung der Erde im Geographischen Institut der ČSAV Kvitkovič, J.; Feranec, J.: Fernerkundung in der tschechoslowakischen Geographie Toth, K.: Überblick über die Fernerkundungstätigkeit im Institut für Geodäsie und Kartographie Budapest Stams, W.; Zimmermann, G.: Einsatz der Geofernerkundung in der Atlaskartographie Praxisrelevante geografische Interpretation von Fernerkundungsdaten Schmidt, I.; Hillmann, S.; Usbeck, B.: Nutzungsmöglichkeiten multispektraler Luftbilder für die Generalbebauungsplanung an den Beispielen Wohnbebauung und Freiflächen Stoye, H.; Golzsch, G.: Nutzungsmöglichkeiten multispektraler Flugzeugaufnahmen für die territoriale Rationalisierung der Produktion Blaurock, K.-H.; Breitfeld, B.; Rösner, W.: Nutzungsmöglichkeiten multispektraler Flugzeugaufnahmen für die Erfassung von Veränderungen der Flächennutzung Barthel, H.: Einsatzmöglichkeiten von Luftaufnahmen bei Siedlungskartierungen Duvinage, P.: Elementeschlüssel als ein Mittel der Aufbereitung von Flugzeugaufnahmen für die Siedlungskartierung Jänkel, R.: Zinke, G.: Die Erfassung des Unstruthochwassers vom März 1981 mittels Luftbildern Schildbach, G.; Wirth, H.: Erfahrungen bei der rechnergestützten Analyse von Fernerkundungsdaten (DFE) Geschke, A.: Die hierarchische Mehrstufenklassifikation Hengelhaupt, U.: Zu einigen Grundfragen bei der rechnergestützten Interpretation kosmischer Multispektraldaten zur Analyse der Flächennutzung Henker, S.: Ableitung planungsrelevanter Flächennutzungsinformation aus digitalautomatisch dechiffrierten kosmischen Multispektraldaten Fernerkundung als Methode der Landschaftsanalyse Kugler, H.: Lösungsansätze und Probleme der physisch-geographischen Landschaftsforschung mit Fernerkundungsdaten Barsch, H. Kaden, K.; Wirth, H.: Zur Aussagekraft kosmischer Fernerkundungsdaten für die Landschaftsdiagnose im Tiefland der DDR Weise, K.: Methoden der Grundlagenforschung und praktische Verfahren zur Anwendung der Fernerkundung in der Landwirtschaft Schröder, H.: Abbildungsverhalten bodenerosiv differenzierter Lößböden des mittelsächsischen Hügellandes in multispektralen Luftbildern Glässer, C.: Grundlagen und Beispiele der Abbildung von Böden in multispektralen Luftbildern Villwock, G.: Luftbildgestützte Erfassung der standörtlichen Heterogenität landwirtschaftlicher Nutzflächen und deren Darstellung in Betriebskarten Billwitz, K.: Bodenheterogenität und Bodenverlagerungsprozesse im Jungmoränengebiet und ihre Interpretation anhand von Luftbildern Baranowska, T.: Bewertung der Wassertranzparenz in Küstengewässern der Ostsee auf der Grundlage von multispektralen und multitemporalen Satellitenbildern Sloboda, S.: Vegetationsformen der Boddenschilfröhrichte und ihre Identifikation auf Luftbildern Kallweit, D.: Differenzierung und Klassifizierung von Waldmassiven im Rahmen der Umweltüberwachung Entwicklungstendenzen der Geofernerkundung Brülke, B.: Grundzüge einer Rahmentechnologie zur Herstellung von Flächennutzungskarten nach Daten der Geofernerkundung Gärtner, W.; Schubert, L.: Oberführung von dechiffrierten Daten der Fernerkundung (DFE) in einen digitalen geographischen Datenspeicher Barsch, H.; Marek, K.-H.; Söllner, R.; Weichelt; H.: Untersuchungen spektraler Charakteristiken natürlicher Objekte auf Testgebieten in der DDR Söllner, R.; Siebert, R.; Schmidt, K.: Zur Extraktion von Textur- und Strukturmerkmalen in Fernerkundungsdaten Autorenverzeichnis
    Location: Reading room
    Location: MOP - must be ordered
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hamburg : Europäische Verlagsanstalt
    Call number: PIK 23-95140
    Description / Table of Contents: Rezension: Die Zukunft gestalten" (ID 5/06) hatte die Schaffung eines "Weltzukunftsrats" (WFC) und seiner Agenda zum Inhalt, einer NGO auf höchster Ebene. Hier nun liegt die 1. umfangreichere Veröffentlichung des World Future Council vor, ein Band von 8 Beiträgen internationaler Autoren, die deutlich machen, dass es bei den Versuchen, den Klimawandel beherrschbar zu halten, nicht genügen kann, die CO2-Emissionen radikal zu verringern. Vielmehr müssen, um dem "Klima-Chaos" wirkungsvoll zu begegnen, wichtige soziale und ökonomische Probleme der globalen Umwelt - z.B. wie produzieren und konsumieren wir? - völlig neu angegangen und politisch gestaltet werden. Die ersten 8 Themenfelder (von geplanten 24) befassen sich u.a. mit erneuerbarer Energie, der Schaffung lebenswerter und nachhaltiger Städte, einer grundlegend neuen Vision für den Welthandel. Zusammen mit den Bänden der 12-teiligen Reihe "Forum für Verantwortung" (vgl. "Nutzen wir die Erde richtig" oder M. Latif: "Bringen wir das Klima aus dem Takt?", beide BA 4/07) für einen breiteren Interessentenkreis. (2)
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 360 S. , graph. Darst. , 22 cm
    ISBN: 3434506063 , 9783434506065
    Language: German
    Note: Aus dem Engl. und Amerikan. übers.
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Potsdam : Zentralinstitut Physik der Erde
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 21/SR 90.0917(84) ; 21/SR 22.19544(84)
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 84
    In: Geodetic boundary value problems, I
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 221 Seiten , Illustrationen , 30 cm
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 84
    Language: English
    Note: A. Smoothed downwards continuations and the Bjerhammar sphere B. Numerical evaluations about the elimination of the iteration procedure term in the geodetic boundary value problem C. Considerations about the mixed boundary value problems of the geodesy D. Downwards continuations and the proof of the convergence of the spherical - harmonic development for a potential in the exterior of a regular surface E. The global embedding term in the space - time relation between the geodetic measurements and the geological masses
    Location: Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Call number: 21/SR 90.0917(83) ; 21/SR 22.19544(83)
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 83
    Description / Table of Contents: Zur regionalen Verteilung der Horizontalstylolithen im Tafeldeckgebirge der DDR von Christoph Janssen Ausgehend von der Zielsetzung einer Rekonstruktion der Paläospannungsverteilung am Südrand der Nordostdeutschen Senke erfolgten tektonische, petrophysikalische und gefügekundliche Untersuchungen in unterschiedlichen Regionaleinheiten. Bei der Interpretation der Ergebnisse flossen Überlegungen der mathematisch modellierten Spannungsverteilung mit ein. Den Schwerpunkt innerhalb der geotektonischen Untersuchungsmethodik bildeten die tektonischen Stylolithen. Deshalb wurden den Fragestellungen der Genese (Drucklösungstheorie), Klassifizierung und Interpretation der Stylolithen breiter Raum eingeräumt. Die vergleichenden Untersuchungen an Schädelnähten zeigten Analogien zwischen Druck- und Schädelsuturen auf. Die petrophysikalischen Untersuchungen verfolgten das Ziel, die Ergebnisse der tektonischen Geländeaufnahmen zu ergänzen und zu modifizieren. Die regionale Analyse der Paläospannungsverteilung auf der Grundlage der geschilderten Methoden ergab im wesentlichen folgende Ergebnisse: a) Die Bindung der tektonischen Stylolithen an den großregionalen Strukturbau. b) Eine Änderung der tektonischen Stylolithenverteilung in Bereichen regionaler und lokaler Störungszonen. Die Bindung an den großregionalen Strukturbau wird besonders deutlich bei einem Vergleich der Hauptrichtungen der tektonischen Stylolithen (1. Maximum) mit den Mächtigkeitsgradienten der Terebratelzone (Anlage 5). Die immer wieder qurchschlagende rheinische Richtungsgruppe bildet dabei drei rhenotype Strukturachsen, von denen sich zwei ausgehend von der Südthüringisch-Fränkischen Scholle bis zur Allertal-Störungszone verfolgen lassen. Die Einflußnahme der Störungen auf die lokale Spannungsverteilung konnte ausgehend von einem theoretischen Modell an konkreten Beispielen nachgewiesen werden. Dabei wurde deutlich, daß eine Spannungsverteilung mit rheinisch orientierter Hauptnormalspannung nicht im Widerspruch zu herzynischen Richtungsmaxima in Bereichen lokaler und regionaler Störungszonen steht. Die lokalen Spannungsänderungen werden entscheidend vom tektonischen Bau und der zeitlichen Anlage der Störung bestimmt. Als Wirkungszeitraum der Mehrzahl der untersuchten Indikationen wird der Zeitabschnitt Zechstein-Trias angenommen.
    Description / Table of Contents: Zur kleintektonischen Analyse, Bewertung und Interpretation tektonischer Drucklösungserscheinungen von C.-H. Friedel Die Bearbeitung und die kleintektonische Interpretation tektonischer Drucklösungserscheinungen wird durch die enge genetische Beziehung der Drucklösungerscheinungen zum tektonischen Flächeninventar bestimmt. - Auf diesen Aspekt und einige damit zusammenhängende Fragen wird in der vorliegenden Arbeit ausführlicher eingegangen. Vergleichende Felduntersuchungen, die im paläozoischen Schiefergebirge und im Tafeldeckgebirge durchgeführt wurden, bildeten die Grundlage dieser Arbeit. Die dabei erzielten Ergebnisse werden besonders im Hinblick auf die Ausbildung der Drucklösungserscheinungen dargestellt und diskutiert. Sie enthalten Aussagen zu verschiedenen Deformationselementen (Schieferung, Klüftung, Störungstektonik, spezielle Muschelkalkgefüge), ohne daß damit gleichzeitig eine umfassende und regionale Analyse erreicht und angestrebt wurde. Drucklösungsvorgänge, in allen Stadien der Diagenese und postdiagenetisch wirksam, setzen bevorzugt und im allgemeinen auch cogenetisch im Zuge ruptureller Deformationsprozesse ein. Die Drucklösung trägt wesentlich zur Flächenbildung bzw. zur Entstehung von Teilbarkeiten bei (Klüfte, Schieferungsflächen). Insbesondere die bruchhafte Deformation ermöglicht einen ausgedehnteren Lösungstransport, wodurch eine wichtige Bedingung für das Wirksamwerden von Drucklösungsvorgängen erfüllt wird, Als Teil des tektonischen Flächeninventars entspricht die Ausbildung tektonischer Drucklösungserscheinungen (Suturflächen, Stylolithenrichtung) überwiegend dem Bau und der Anordnung dieses Flächeninventars, Die Orientierung der Stylolithen, als Merkmal einer gerichteten Kompression, ist jedoch kein ausreichendes Indiz zur Bewertung dar Hauptnormalspannungen und zur Festlegung der Hauptkompressionsrichtung. Unter anderem können die spezifischen Bedingungen des Lösungstransportes die Ausrichtung der Stylolithen beeinflussen (gerichteter Lösungstransport). Nur in Verbindung mit weiteren, cogenetisch mit den tektonischen Drucklösungserscheinungen entstandenen Deformationselementen, welche eine derartige Festlegung auch ausreichend begründen, ist die Zuordnung einer stylolithischen Richtungsgruppe zur Hauptdruckrichtung möglich. Auch über die Raumlage der Hauptnormalspannungsachsen bzw. der Deformationsvektoren im Spannungsellipsoid entscheidet in erster Linie das tektonische Flächengefüge, da die räumliche Orientierung der (H-)Stylolithen nicht stets die Lage dieser Achsen wiedergibt (Einfluß des sedimentären Gefüges). Insgesamt ist die Bearbeitung tektonischer Drucklösungerscheinungen eine Auseinandersetzung mit grundsätzlichen Problemen. Sie betrifft unter anderem Fragen zur Kluftgenese sowie allgemein zu den Beziehungen zwischen Bruchbildung und Drucklösung (vgl. ARTHAUD & MATTAUER 1969, s. 743), zur Entstehungszeit und den Entstehungsbedingungen tektonischer Gefüge innerhalb der strukturellen Gesamtentwicklung (früh-, spätdiagenetisch; epirogen, tektogen) und zur Spannungsverteilung, unter der die verschiedenen Deformationsgefüge entstanden sind, Der Brauchbarkeit tektonischer Drucklösungserscheinungen für die Rekonstruktion der (Paläo-)Spannungsverteilung und zur Ermittlung der Hauptkompressionsrichtung sind Grenzen gesetzt. Das zeigte sich im paläozoischen Grundgebirge ebenso wie im Tafeldeckgebirge, Auf die teilweise überschätzte Bewertung dieser spezifischen Gefügeelemente hinzuweisen, ist deshalb ein wichtiges Anliegen dieser Arbeit.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 133 Seiten , Illustrationen, Fotos , 30 cm
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 83
    Language: German
    Note: Vorwort Teil I Janssen, Chr.: Zur regionalen Verteilung der Horizontalstylolithen im Tafeldeckgebirge der DDR Zusammenfassung 1. Wissenschaftliche Zielsetzung 2. Grundlagen 2.1. Stylolithen 2.1.1. Historisches 2.1.2. Begriffserklärung 2.1.3. Genese der Stylolithen (Drucklösungstheorie) 2.1.4. Die Quantifizierung von Drucklösungsvorgängen 2.1.5. Analogien zwischen Druck- und Schädelsuturen 2.2. Sigmoidalklüfte 2.2.1. Literaturanalyse 2.2.2. Begriffserklärung 2.2.3. Sigmoidalklüfte als tektonische Indikationen 2.2.4. Zeitliche Anlage der Sigmoidalklüftung 2.3. Rupturen 2.4. Petrophysikalische Untersuchungen 2.4.1. Probennahme 2.4.2. Probenvorbereitung 2.4.3. Bestimmung der Ausbreitungsgeschwindigkeiten elastischer Wellen 2.4.3.1. Der Prozeß der Anisotropisierung 2.4.3.2. Theoretische und experimentelle Grundlagen der Ultraschallmessungen 2.4.3.3. Methodik und Versuchsdurchführung der Ultraschallmessungen 2.4.4. Röntgentexturanalyse 2.4.4.1. Grundlage der Röntgentexturanalyse 2.4.4.2. Aufnahmemethodik und Durchführung der Messungen 3. Paläospannungsverteilung in den Untersuchungsgebieten 3.1. Südthüringisch-Fränkische Scholle 3.1.1. Rhön-Scholle 3.1.2. Heldburg-Scholle 3.1.3. Fränkische Störungszone 3.2. Thüringische Senke 3.2.1. Eichsfeld-Scholle 3.2.2. Ohmgebirgsgrabenzone 3.2.3. Bleicherode-Stadtrodser Scholle 3.2.3.1. Dün 3.2.3.2. Hainleite 3.3. Subherzyne Senke 3.3.1. Harz-Nordrandstörung 3.3.2. Oschersleben-Bernburger Scholle 3.3.2.1. Huy 3.3.2.2. Rakel 3.3.2.3. Bernburger Sattel 3.3.3. Allertal-Störungszone 4. Mathematische Modellierung der Spannungsverteilung 4.1. Physikalische Voraussetzungen 4.2. Modell I 4.3. Modell II 5. Darstellung und Interpretation der regionalen Untersuchungsergebnisse 5.1. Vorkommen und Ausbildung der Stylolithen und Sigmoidalklüfte 5.2. Morphologie und Geometrie der H.-Stylolithen 5.3. Die räumliche Entwicklung der Paläospannungsverteilung unter Berücksichtigung der mathematischen Modellierung 5.3.1. Allgemeine Aussagen 5.3.2. Beziehungen zum großregionalen Strukturbau 5.3.3. Beziehungen zu lokalen und regionalen Störungen 5.4. Die zeitliche Entwicklung der Paläospannungsverteilung 5.4.1. Aussagen zum Bildungszeitraum der untersuchten Indikationen 5.4.2. Modell der Paläospannungsverteilung 5.5. Ursachen der Spannungsverteilung Literaturverzeichnis Verzeichnis der Anlagen Teil II Friedel, c.H.: Zur kleintektonischen Analyse, Bewertung und Interpretation tektonischer Drucklösungserscheinungen Zusammenfassung 1. Einleitung 2. Tektonische Drucklösungsgefüge in paläozoischen Schiefergebirgskalken 2.1. Zur Ausbildung der Schieferungsflächen 2.2. Tektonisch beeinflußte Drucklösungsvorgänge auf Schichtflächen (Vs1-Stylolithenflächen) 2.3. Tektonische und lithofazielle Faktoren 2.4. Zusammenfassung und Schlußfolgerungen 3. Tektonische Drucklösungserscheinungen in postvariszischen Karbonatgesteinen des Tafeldeckgebirges 3.1. Beziehungen zwischen dem rupturellen Deformationsgefüge und tektonischen Drucklösungserscheinungen 3.1.1. Altersbeziehungen zwischen tektonischen Drucklösungsflächen 3.1.2. Ergebnisse im Unteren Muschelkalk 3.2. Bemerkungen zur Interpretation der Horizontalstylolithen 3.2.1. Kluftgebundene Orthogonalsysteme 3.2.2. Drucklösungserscheinungen in Störungsbereichen (Störungskinematik) 4. Faktoren und Bedeutung des Lösungstransportes Literaturverzeichnis
    Location: Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Potsdam : Zentralinstitut Physik der Erde
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 21/SR 90.0917(71) ; 21/SR 22.19544(71)
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 71
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 53 Seiten , Tabelle, Diagramme, Fotos , 30 cm
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 71
    Language: English
    Note: Dittfeld, H.-J.: Results of an eight years' gravimetric earth tide registration series at Potsdam Elstner, C.; Harnisch, M.; Schwahn, W.: On the determination of the gravimetric Mf tide at Potsdam
    Location: Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: M 23.95096
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook focuses on the physics and chemistry of the Earth's upper atmosphere, which is bounded at the bottom by a pressure level at which most of the incoming ionizing radiation has been absorbed, and bounded at the top by the level at which the escape of gas becomes important. The plan of the book is to identify the multitude of processes that operate in the upper atmosphere, and to relate them to observed phenomena by detailed mathematical and physical descriptions of the governing processes. Basic information from many disciplines such as radiation physics and chemistry, fluid dynamics, optics, and spectroscopy is skilfully marshalled to give a coherent account of the upper atmosphere. This book is outstanding as an introduction to the primary literature and current problems for students of physics or chemistry. The text is supported by numerous diagrams, bibliography and index
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    ISBN: 9780521368483
    Series Statement: Cambridge atmospheric and space science series
    Language: English
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Wiesbaden : Cometis
    Call number: IASS 22.95051
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 129 S. , 15 cm, 100 gr.
    Edition: 3. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9783940828620
    Language: German
    Branch Library: RIFS Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Rennes] : Ouest-France
    Call number: AWI Bio-23-95084
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 220 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 285882956X
    ISSN: 2-85882-956-X
    Language: French
    Note: SOMMAIRE Première partie : CONNAÎTRE LES ALGUES Introduction Caractères morphologiques et structuraux — Types morphologiques — Croissance des thalles — Coloration et composition pigmentaire Caractères cytologiques et cytochimiques — Structure procaryotique et eucaryotique — Appareil plastidial — Réserves — Paroi cellulaire — Appareil flagellaire — Stigma Les différentes classes d'Algues dans une perspective phylogénétique intégrant les caractères cytologiques et cytochimiques Reproduction des Algues — Reproduction asexuée — Reproduction sexuée • Formation des gamètes • Cycles de développement + 1 " exemple : Ulva lactuca + 2eexemple : Laminaria digitata + 3e exemple : Fucus vesiculosus + 4e exemple : Antithamnion plumula Ecologie des Algues marines macrobenthiques — La lumière, facteur prépondérant dans la délimitation du domaine phytal — Les subdivisions du domaine littoral — Le rôle des facteurs de l'environnement • Facteurs physiques + Le substrat + L'agitation de l'eau + La dessiccation + La température • Facteurs chimiques + Salinité + pH — Conclusion :la zonation des Algues Utilisation des Algues — Utilisations directes • Utilisation dans l'alimentation humaine • Utilisation dans l'alimentation animale • Utilisation en agriculture • Utilisation thérapeutique — Utilisation des Algues pour l'extraction de produits • Extraction de substances minérales • Extraction de phycocolloïdes + Polymères d'acides uroniques des Algues brunes + Galactanes des Algues rouges * Les agars * Les carrageenanes — Conclusion et perspectives Seconde partie : RECONNAITRE LES ALGUES Introduction Chlorophycées — Clé des ordres — Description des espèces communes — Clé de détermination limitée aux espèces décrites Phéophycées — Précisions sur les organes reproducteurs des Phéophycées — Clé des ordres — Description des espèces communes — Clé de détermination limitée aux espèces décrites Rhodophycées — Distinction des sous-classes : Bangiophycidées, Floridéophycidées — Clé des ordres — Description des espèces communes — Clé de détermination limitée aux espèces décrites Cyanophycées — Description d'une espèce commune
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Fairbanks, Alas. : Institute of Northern Engineering, University of Alaska
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G3-16-90316-5
    In: Ninth International Conference on Permafrost, Volume 2
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxx, 1055-2100, xl Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-0-9800179-3-9
    Series Statement: Ninth International Conference on Permafrost Volume 2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Acknowledgments NICOP Organizing Team Members NICOP Sponsors Associate Editors and Reviewers Volume 2 Experimental Research on Frost and Salt Heaving of Highway Foundation Soils in Seasonally Frozen Ground Regions in Gansu Province, Northwestern China / G. Li, W. Yu, H. Jin, Y. Sheng, J. Qi, and L. Lü Effects of Retrogressive Thaw Slumps on Sediment Chemistry, Submerged Macrophyte Biomass, and Invertebrate Abundance of Upland Tundra Lakes / P.S. Mesquita, F.J. Wrona, and T.D. Prowse The Vault Creek Tunnel (Fairbanks Region, Alaska): A Late Quaternary Palaeoenvironmental Permafrost Record / H. Meyer, K. Yoshikawa, L. Schirrmeister, and A. Andreev Properties of Eroding Coastline Soils Along Elson Lagoon Barrow, Alaska / G.J. Michaelson, C.L Ping, L.A. Lynn, M.T. Jorgenson, and F. Dou The Application of Tritium in Permafrost Ground-Ice Studies / F.A. Michel Twenty Years of Permafrost Research on the Furggentälti Rock Glaciers, Western Alps, Switzerland / D. Mihajlovic, B. Staub, A. Nussbaum, B. Krummenacher, and H. Kienholz Convective Heat Exchange Between Rivers and Floodplain Taliks / V.M. Mikhailov Geophysical Study of Talik Zones, Western Yakutia / S. Milanovskiy, S. Velikin, and V. Istratov Seasonally Frozen Ground Effects on the Dynamic Response of High-Rise Buildings / R. Miranda, Z. Yang, and U. Dutta Seasonal Thermal Regime of a Mid-Latitude Ventilated Debris Accumulation / S. Morard, R. Delaloye, and J. Dorthe Genetic, Morphological, and Statistical Characterization of Lakes in the Permafrost-Dominated Lena Delta / A. Morgenstern, G. Grosse, and L. Schirrmeister Vegetation and Permafrost Changes in the Northern Taiga of West Siberia / N. Moskalenko Experimental Study of Thermal Properties for Frozen Pyroclastic Volcanic Deposits (Kamchatka, Kluchevskaya Volcano Group) / R.G. Motenko, E.P. Tikhonova, and A.A. Abramov Spatial Analysis of Glacial Geology, Surficial Geomorphology, and Vegetation in the Toolik Lake Region: Relevance to Past and Future Land-Cover Changes / C.A. Munger, D.A. Walker, H.A. Maier, and T.D. Hamilton Choosing Geotechnical Parameters for Slope Stability Assessments in Alpine Permafrost Soils / P. Nater, L.U. Arenson, and S.M. Springman A Permafrost Observatory at Barrow, Alaska: Long-Term Observations of Active-Layer Thickness and Permafrost Temperature / F. Nelson, N.I. Shiklomanov, D.A. Streletskiy, V.E. Romanovsky, K. Yoshikawa, K.M. Hinkel, and J. Brown Decadal Results from the Circumpolar Active Layer Monitoring (CALM) Program (Plenary Paper) / F.E. Nelson, N.I. Shiklomanov, K.M. Hinkel, and J. Brown Modeling Observed Differential Frost Heave Within Non-Sorted Circles in Alaska / D.J. Nicolsky, V.E. Romanovsky, G.S. Tipenko, and D.A. Walker Engineering-Induced Environmental Hazards in Permafrost Regions of the Qinghai-Tibet Plateau / F. Niu, J. Xu, Z. Lin, and P. Wang Comparison of Simulated 2D Temperature Profiles with Time-Lapse Electrical Resistivity Data at the Schilthorn Crest, Switzerland / J. Noetzli, C. Hilbich, C. Hauck, M. Hoelzle, and S. Gruber The Effect of Fines Content and Quality on Frost Heave Susceptibility of Crushed Rock Aggregates Used in Railway Track Structure / A. Nurmikolu and P. Kolisoja Contemporary Permafrost Degradation of Northern European Russia / N. Oberman MAGST in Mountain Permafrost, Dovrefjell, Southern Norway, 2001–2006 / R.S. Ødegård, K. Isaksen, T. Eiken, and J.L. Sollid Effects of Changing Climate and Sea Ice Extent on Pechora and Kara Seas Coastal Dynamics / S.A. Ogorodov Solifluction Lobes in Sierra Nevada (Southern Spain): Morphometry and Palaeoenvironmental Changes / M. Oliva, L. Schulte, and A. Gómez Ortiz Cyanobacteria Within Cryptoendolithic Habitats: The Role of High pH in Biogenic Rock Weathering in the Canadian High Arctic / C.R. Omelon, W.H. Pollard, F.G. Ferris, and P.C. Bennett Thermal State of Permafrost in Alaska During the Fourth Quarter of the Twentieth Century (Plenary Paper) / T.E. Osterkamp Field Trials of Surface Insulation Materials for Permafrost Preservation / J.M. Oswell and J.R. Everts The State of Subsea Permafrost in the Western Laptev Nearshore Zone / P.P. Overduin, V. Rachold, and M.N. Grigoriev Sources of Discrepancy Between CCSM Simulated and Gridded Observation-Based Soil Temperature Over Siberia: The Influence of Site Density and Distribution / D. Pai Mazumder and N. Mölders Remote Sensing-Based Study of Vegetation Distribution and Its Relation to Permafrost in and Around the George Lake Area, Central Alaska / S.K. Panda, A. Prakash, and D.N. Solie Electrical Freezing Potentials During Permafrost Aggradation at the Illisarvik Drained-Lake Experiment, Western Arctic Coast, Canada / V.R. Parameswaran and C.R. Burn Managing Permafrost Data: Past Approaches and Future Directions / M.A. Parsons, S.L. Smith, V.E. Romanovsky, N.I. Shiklomanov, H.H. Christiansen, P.P. Overduin, T. Zhang, M.R. Balks, and J. Brown Regional Geocryological Dangers Associated with Contemporary Climate Change / A.V. Pavlov and G.V. Malkova Wedge Structures in Southernmost Argentina (Rio Grande, Tierra del Fuego) / A. Perez-Alberti, A. Coronato, M.C. Casais, M. Valcarcel-Diaz, and J. Rabassa Modeling Interaction Between Filterable Solutions and Frozen Ground / G.Z. Perlshtein and G.S. Tipenko Russian Approaches to Permafrost Engineering (Plenary Paper) / G. Perlshtein Numerical Modeling of Differential Frost Heave / R.A. Peterson Energy Balance Response of a Shallow Subarctic Lake to Atmospheric Temperature and Advective Persistence / Richard M. Petrone, Wayne R. Rouse, and L. Dale Boudreau Numerical Analysis of Forced and Natural Convection in Waste-Rock Piles in Permafrost Environments / H.N. Pham, L.U. Arenson, and D.C. Sego Effects of Ground Temperature and Slope Deformation on the Service Life of Snow-Supporting Structures in Mountain Permafrost: Wisse Schijen, Randa, Swiss Alps / M. Phillips and S. Margreth Classification of Arctic Tundra Soils Along the Beaufort Sea Coast, Alaska / C.L Ping, L.A. Lynn, G.J. Michaelson, M.T. Jorgenson, Y.L. Shur, and M. Kanevskiy Thermal Diffusivity Variability in Alpine Permafrost Rock Walls / P. Pogliotti, E. Cremonese, U. Morra Di Cella, S. Gruber, and M. Giardino Massive Ground Ice in the Eureka Sound Lowlands, Canadian High Arctic / W.H. Pollard and N. Couture Long-Term Monitoring of Frost Heave and Thaw Settlement in the Northern Taiga of West Siberia / O. Ponomareva and Y. Shur The Permafrost of the Imuruk Lake Basaltic Field Area (Alaska) and Astrobiological Implications / O. Prieto-Ballesteros, D.C. Fernández-Remolar, J. Torres Redondo, M. Fernández-Sampedro, M.P. Martín Redondo, J.A. Rodriguez-Manfredi, J. Gómez-Elvira, D. Gómez-Ortiz, and F. Gómez What Dictates the Occurrence of Zero Curtain Effect? / J. Putkonen Definition of Warm Permafrost Based on Mechanical Properties of Frozen Soil / J. Qi and J. Zhang Active Layer Temperature Monitoring in Two Boreholes in Livingston Island, Maritime Antarctic: First Results for 2000–2006 / M. Ramos, G. Vieira, J.J. Blanco, S. Gruber, C. Hauck, M.A. Hidalgo, and D. Tomé Circumpolar Relationships Between Permafrost Characteristics, NDVI, and Arctic Vegetation Types / M.K. Raynolds and D.A. Walker Rock Glacier Distribution and the Lower Limit of Discontinuous Mountain Permafrost in the Nepal Himalaya / D. Regmi Frost-Protected Shallow Foundation Design Issues: A Case Study / C.H. Riddle, J.W. Rooney, and G.W. Carpenter Estimating Active Layer and Talik Thickness from Temperature Data: Implications from Modeling Results / D.W. Riseborough Mesoscale and Detailed Geocryological Mapping as a Basis for Carbon Budget Assessment (East European Russian Arctic, CARBO-North Project) / F.M. Rivkin, J.V. Vlasova, A.P. Popova, G. Mazhitova, P. Kuhry, I.S. Parmuzin, and I.V. Chehina Permafrost Degradation and Influx of Biogeogases into the Atmosphere / E. Rivkina and G. Kraev Observations and Considerations on Destabilizing Active Rock Glaciers in the European Alps / I. Roer, W. Haeber
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Fairbanks, Alas. : Institute of Northern Engineering, University of Alaska
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G3-16-90316-4
    In: Ninth International Conference on Permafrost, Volume 1
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxx, 1054, xxxvi, xl Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-0-9800179-2-2
    Series Statement: Ninth International Conference on Permafrost Volume 1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Acknowledgments NICOP Organizing Team Members NICOP Sponsors Associate Editors and Reviewers Volume 1 Initial Disturbance and Recovery Measurements from Military Vehicle Traffic on Seasonal and Permafrost Terrain / R.T. Affleck, S.A. Shoop, C.M. Collins, and E. Clark Erosion of the Barrow Environmental Observatory Coastline 2003–2007, Northern Alaska / A. Aguirre, C.E. Tweedie, J. Brown, and A. Gaylord Pore Water and Effective Pressure in the Frozen Fringe During Soil Freezing / S. Akagawa, S. Hiasa, S. Kanie, and S.L. Huang Coastal Processes and Their Influence Upon Discharge Characteristics of the Strokdammane Plain, West Spitsbergen, Svalbard / H.J. Akerman Forecasting Chemical Thawing of Frozen Soil as a Result of Interaction with Cryopegs / V.I. Aksenov, N.G. Bubnov, G.I. Klinova, A.V. Iospa, and S.G. Gevorkyan Permafrost and Cryopegs of the Anabar Shield / S.V. Alexeev, L.P. Alexeeva, and A.M. Kononov A First Estimate of Mountain Permafrost Distribution in the Mount Cook Region of New Zealand’s Southern Alps / S. Allen, I. Owens, and C. Huggel The Perennial Springs of Axel Heiberg Island as an Analogue for Groundwater Discharge on Mars / D.T. Andersen, W.H. Pollard, and C.P. McKay Geotechnical Considerations for Cut-Off Wall in Warm Permafrost / S.L. Anderson, T.G. Krzewinski, and J. Swendseid Water Chemistry of Hydrogenous Taliks in the Middle Lena / N.P. Anisimova and N.A. Pavlova A New Hypothesis on Ice Lens Formation in Frost-Susceptible Soils / L.U. Arenson, T.F. Azmatch, and D.C. Sego Impact of the August 2000 Storm on the Soil Thermal Regime, Alaska North Slope / D.E. Atkinson and L. Hinzman Global Simulation of Permafrost Distribution in the Past, Present, and Future Using the Frost Number Method / T. Aus der Beek and E. Teichert Remote Sensing Data for Monitoring Periglacial Processes in Permafrost Areas: Terrestrial Laser Scanning at the Hinteres Langtalkar Rock Glacier, Austria / M. Avian, A. Kellerer-Pirklbauer, and A. Bauer Permafrost Temperatures and Erosion Protection at Shishmaref, Alaska / M.T. Azelton and J.E. Zufelt Measuring Ice Lens Growth and Development of Soil Strains during Frost Penetration Using Particle Image Velocimetry (GeoPIV) / T.F. Azmatch, L.U. Arenson, D.C. Sego, and K.W. Biggar Evidence of Permafrost Formation Two Million Years Ago in Central Alaska / J.E. Beget, P. Layer, D. Stone, J. Benowitz, and J. Addison Recent Advances in Mapping Deep Permafrost and Gas Hydrate Occurrences Using Industry Seismic Data, Richards Island Area, Northwest Territories, Canada / G. Bellefleur, K. Ramachandran, M. Riedel, T. Brent, and S. Dallimore Massive Ground Ice on the Ural Coast of Baydaratskaya Bay, Kara Sea, Russia / N.G. Belova, V.I. Solomatin, and F.A. Romanenko A Direct Method for Obtaining Thermal Conductivity of Gravel Using TP02 Probes / H. Bing, P. He, N.I. Koemle, and W. Feng The Effect of Near-Freezing Temperatures on the Stability of an Underground Excavation in Permafrost / K.L. Bjella Distribution of Permafrost Types and Buried Ice in Ice-Free Areas of Antarctica / J.G. Bockheim, I.B. Campbell, M. Guglielmin, and J. López-Martínez Estimation of Ice Wedge Volume in the Big Lake Area, Mackenzie Delta, NWT, Canada / J.A. Bode, B.J. Moorman, C.W. Stevens, and S.M. Solomon High Resolution DEM Extraction from Terrestrial LIDAR Topometry and Surface Kinematics of the Creeping Alpine Permafrost: the Laurichard Rock Glacier Case Study (Southern French Alps) / X. Bodin, P. Schoeneich, and S. Jaillet Comparison of Exposure Ages and Spectral Properties of Rock Surfaces in Steep, High Alpine Rock Walls of Aiguille du Midi, France / R. Böhlert, S. Gruber, M. Egli, M. Maisch, D. Brandová, W. Haeberli, S. Ivy-Ochs, M. Christl, P.W. Kubik, and P. Deline Heat and Water Transfer Processes in Permafrost-Affected Soils: A Review of Field- and Modeling-Based Studies for the Arctic and Antarctic (Plenary Paper) / J. Boike, B. Hagedorn, and K. Roth Estimation of Hydraulic Properties in Permafrost-Affected Soils Using a Two-Directional Freeze-Thaw Algorithm / W.R. Bolton, J. Boike, and P.P. Overduin Engineering Solutions for Foundations and Anchors in Mountain Permafrost / C. Bommer, H.R. Keusen, and M. Phillips Carbon, Nitrogen, and Phosphorus Interactions in the Hyporheic Zones of Arctic Streams that Drain Areas of Continuous Permafrost / W.B. Bowden, M.J. Greenwald, BM.N. Gooseff, BJ.P. Zarnetske, BJ.P. McNamara, J. Bradford, and T. Brosten Geomorphology and Gas Release from Pockmark Features in the Mackenzie Delta, Northwest Territories, Canada / R.G. Bowen, S.R. Dallimore, M.M. Côté, J.F. Wright, and T.D. Lorenson Current Capabilities in Soil Thermal Representations Within a Large-Scale Hydrology Model for Regions of Continuous Permafrost / L.C. Bowling, K.A. Cherkauer, and J.C. Adam Effects of Soil Cryostructure on the Long-Term Strength of Ice-Rich Permafrost Near Melting Temperatures /M.T. Bray Warming of Cold Permafrost in Northern Alaska During the Last Half-Century / M.C. Brewer and H. Jin Characterization and Classification of Topsoils as a Tool to Monitor Carbon Pools in Frost-Affected Soils / G. Broll and C. Tarnocai The International Permafrost Association: 1983–2008 / J. Brown, H. French, and C. Guodong Experimental Study of the Thermal Conductivity of Frozen Sediments Containing Gas Hydrates / B.A. Buhanov, E.M. Chuvilin, O.M. Guryeva, and P.I. Kotov Permafrost Dynamics Within an Upper Lena River Tributary: Modeled Impact of Infiltration on the Temperature Field Under a Plateau / S. Buldovich, N. Romanovskiy, G. Tipenko, D. Sergeev, and V. Romanovsky Permafrost Distributions on the Seward Peninsula: Past, Present, and Future / R.C. Busey, L.D. Hinzman, J.J. Cassano, and E. Cassano Soil and Permafrost Properties in the Vicinity of Scott Base, Antarctica / I.B. Campbell and G.G.G.Claridge Patterned Ground Features and Vegetation: Examples from Continental and Maritime Antarctica / N. Cannone and M. Guglielmin Rainfall-Runoff Hydrograph Characteristics in A Discontinuous Permafrost Watershed and Their Relation to Ground Thaw / S.K. Carey and C.M. DeBeer Innovative Designs of the Permafrost Roadbed for the Qinghai-Tibet Railway (Plenary Paper) / G. Cheng, Q. Wu, and W. Ma Does Permafrost Deserve Attention in Comprehensive Climate Models? / J.H. Christensen, M. Stendel, P. Kuhry, V. Romanovsky, and J. Walsh Trace Gas Budgets of High Arctic Permafrost Regions (Plenary Paper) / T.R. Christensen, T. Friborg, and M. Johansson Interannual Variations in Active Layer Thickness in Svalbard / H.H. Christiansen and O. Humlum Experimental Study of the Self-Preservation Effect of Gas Hydrates in Frozen Sediments / E.M. Chuvilin and O.M. Guryeva Effects of Recent Climate Change on High Mountains of Western North America / J.J. Clague A Model of Permafrost Distribution and Disturbance Sensitivity for Denali National Park, Using Soil-Ecological Site Inventory Information / M.H. Clark A Multi-Disciplinary Approach to Assess the Impact of Global Climate Change on Infrastructure in Cold Regions / J. Clarke, C. Fenton, A. Gens, R. Jardine, C. Martin, D. Nethercot, S. Nishimura, S. Olivella, C. Reifen, P. Rutter, F. Strasser, and R. Toumi Freezeback of an Anthropogenic Talik Within Tailings at Nanisivik Mine, Canada / G. Claypool, J.W. Cassie, and R. Carreau Geologic Controls on the Occurrence of Permafrost-Associated Natural Gas Hydrates / T.S. Collett Laboratory Simulations of Martian Debris Flows / F. Costard, E. Védie, M. Font, and J.L. Lagarde Modeling the Erosion of Ice-Rich Deposits Along the Yukon Coastal Plain / N.J. Couture, M.A. Hoque, and W.H. Pollard Dynamics of Patterned Ground Evolution / J.G.A. Croll Legacy and Accomplishments of Frozen Ground Engineering Studies in Alaska 60 Years Ago / M. Cysewski and Y. Shur High-Resolution Surface and Subsurface Survey of a Non-Sorted Circle System / R. Daanen, V. Romanovsky, D. Walker, and M. LaDouceur Effect of Adsorbed Cations on Unfrozen Water in Silty Soil as Det
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin ; Heidelberg : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: M 23.95061
    In: Ecological studies
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 484 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Softcover reprint of the original 1st ed. 1985
    ISBN: 978-3-642-70292-1 , 978-3-642-70292-1
    Series Statement: Ecological studies 53
    Language: English
    Note: A. Introduction.- Obituary.- Purpose of this Book.- Synopsis.- B. General Framework of Hypersaline Environments with Special Reference to the Red Sea.- 1. Introduction and Definitions.- 2. The Northern Red Sea, a Historical Sketch.- 3. Gulf of Elat (Aqaba). Geological and Sedimentological Framework.- 4. Coastal Evaporite Systems.- 5. Hypersaline Sea-marginal Flats of the Gulfs of Elat and Suez.- 6. Anchialine Pools — Comparative Hydrobiology.- 7. Botanical Studies on Coastal Salinas and Sabkhas of the Sinai.- C. The Gavish Sabkha — A Case Study.- 8. Introduction.- 9. Geomorphology, Mineralogy and Groundwater Geochemistry as Factors of the Hydrodynamic System of the Gavish Sabkha.- 10. The Ras Muhammad Pool: Implications for the Gavish Sabkha.- 11 Salinity and Water Activity Related Zonation of Microbial Communities and Potential Stromatolites of the Gavish Sabkha.- 12. Structure and Physiology of Square-shaped and Other Halophilic Bacteria from the Gavish Sabkha.- 13. Photoactive Pigments in Halobacteria from the Gavish Sabkha.- 14. Photosynthetic Microorganisms of the Gavish Sabkha.- 15. The Fauna of the Gavish Sabkha and the Solar Lake — a Comparative Study.- 16. Trace Metal Concentrations in Sediments from the Gavish Sabkha.- 17. Biogeochemistry of Gavish Sabkha Sediments I. Studies on Neutral Reducing Sugars and Lipid Moieties by Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry.- 18. Biogeochemistry of Gavish Sabkha Sediments II. Pyrolysis Mass Spectrometry of the Laminated Microbial Mat in the Permanently Water-Covered Zone Before and After the Desert Sheetflood of 1979.- 19. Carbon Isotope Geochemistry and 14C Ages of Microbial Mats from the Gavish Sabkha and the Solar Lake.- D. Applied Aspects and Paleoecology.- 20. Introduction.- 21. A Paleobiological Perspective on Sabkhas.- 22. Applied and Economic Aspects of Sabkha Systems — Genesis of Salt, Ore and Hydrocarbon Deposits, and Biotechnology.- Acknowledgements.- References.- Taxonomic Index.
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Journal available for loan
    Journal available for loan
    Tübingen : Mohr Siebeck ; 1.1884 - 48.1931; N.F. 1.1932/33 - 10.1943/44(1945),3; 11.1948/49(1949) -
    Call number: ZS 22.95039
    Type of Medium: Journal available for loan
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    ISSN: 1614-0974 , 0015-2218 , 0015-2218
    Language: German , English
    Note: N.F. entfällt ab 57.2000. - Volltext auch als Teil einer Datenbank verfügbar , Ersch. ab 2000 in engl. Sprache mit dt. Hauptsacht.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: IASS 22.95033
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 378 S , 225 mm x 135 mm
    ISBN: 3899421876 , 978-3-89942-187-3
    Series Statement: Edition panta rei
    Language: German
    Note: Zugl.: Marburg (Lahn), Univ., Habil.-Schr., 2004 u.d.T.: Gutmann, Mathias: Die Medialität des Erfahrens
    Branch Library: RIFS Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boca Raton : Taylor & Francis
    Call number: AWI G8-22-95025
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 575 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 CD-ROM
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 0-4152-6340-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chapter 1 Introduction 1.1 Goals of this Book 1.2 Current Status of Resources 1.2.1 Ozone Hole 1.2.2 Water-Borne Soil Erosion 1.2.3 Loss of Biodiversity 1.3 Impact of Resource Degradation 1.4 Nature of Resource ;Degradation 1.5 Nature of Resource Management 1.5.1 Strategic Management 1.5.2 Process or Regional Management 1.5.3 Operational Management 1.5.4 Relationship between These Levels of Management 1.6 Nature of Regional Resource Management Information Systems 1.7 Geographic Information in Resource Management 1.8 Structure of this Book Reference Chapter2 Physical Principles of Remote Sensing 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Electromagnetic Radiation 2.2.1 Nature of Electromagnetic Radiation 2.2.2 Radiometric Terms and Definitions 2.2.3 Energy Radiated by the Sun and the Earth 2.2.4 Effects of the Atmosphere 2.2.5 Correction of Remotely Sensed Data for Attenuation through the Atmosphere 2.2.5 .1 Atmospheric Correction Using Field Data 2.2.5.2 Atmospheric Correction Using Numerical Atmospheric Models 2.2.6 Measurement of Radiance and Irradiance 2.2.6.1 Collecting Optics 2.2.6.2 Filter Unit 2.2.6.3 Detectors 2.2.6.4 Output Device 2.3 Interaction of Radiation with Matter 2.3.1 Nature of Reflectance 2.3.1.1 Reflectance within the Boundary Layer 2.3.2 Reflectance of Water Surfaces 2.3.3 Reflectance Characteristics of Soils 2.3.4 Reflectance of Vegetation 2.3.5 Reflectance Characteristics of Green Leaves 2.3.6 Reflectance Characteristics of Dead Leaves 2.3.7 Vegetative Canopy Reflectance 2.3.8 Bi-Directional Reflectance Distribution Function of Surfaces 2.4 Passive Sensing Systems 2.4.1 The Camera 2.4.1.1 Lens Cone 2.4.1.2 Magazine or Digital Back 2.4.1.3 Camera Body 2.4.1.4 Suspension Mount 2.4.1.5 Light Sensitive Cell Arrays 2.4.1.6 Measurement of Resolution in Image Data 2.4.2 Acquisition of Aerial Photography with a Framing Camera 2.4.2.1 Effects of Height Differences on an Aerial Photograph 2.4.2.2 Types of Lens Cones 2.4.3 The Scanner 2.4.4 The Moving Mirror Scanner 2.4.4.1 Resolution of Scanner Data 2.4.4.2 Thermal Scanner Data 2.4.4.3 Sources of Error in Oscillating Mirror Scanner Imagery 2.4.5 Push broom Scanners 2.5 Active Sensing Systems 2.5 .1 Introduction 2.5.2 The Geometry of Radar Systems 2.5 .2.1 Resolution of Radar Data 2.5.2.2 Effect of Height Displacements 2.5.3 The Attenuation and Scattering of Radar in the Atmosphere 2.5 .4 The Information Content of Radar Imagery 2.5.4.1 Surface Roughness and Slope 2.5.4.2 Inhomogeneity 2.5.4.3 Dielectric Properties 2.5.4.4 Resonance-Sized Objects 2.5.4.5 Wavelength 2.5.4.6 Polarisation 2.5.5 Radar Interferometry 2.5.6 Summary 2.6 Hyperspectral Image Data 2.6.1 Definition 2.6.2 Applications of Hyperspectral Image Data 2.7 Hypertemporal Image Data 2.7.1 Introduction 2.8 Platforms 2.8.1 Terrestrial Platforms 2.8.2 Balloon 2.8.3 Helicopter or Boat 2.8.4 Manned and Unmanned Aircraft 2.8.4.1 Hot Spots 2.8.5 Planning an Aerial Sortie 2.8.6 Satellite Platform 2.9 Satellite Sensor Systems Additional Reading References Chapter 3 Visual Interpretation and Map Reading 3.1 Overview 3.1.1 Remotely Sensed Data and Visual Interpretation 3.1.2 Effects of Height Differences on Remotely Sensed Images 3.2 Stereoscopy 3.2.1 Introduction 3.2.2 Monocular Vision 3.2.3 Binocular Vision 3.2.4 Binocular Perception of Colour 3.2.5 General Principles of Stereoscopic Vision 3.2.6 Methods of Stereoscopic Viewing 3.2.7 Physical Methods of Separation Using Stereoscopes 3.2.8 Viewing with a Stereoscope 3.2.9 Optical Methods of Separation 3.2.9.1 Coloured Anaglyph 3.2.9.2 Polarising Filters 3.2.10 Construction of a Stereo-Triplet 3.3 Measuring Height Differences in a Stereoscopic Pair of Photographs 3.3.1 Principle of the Floating Mark 3.3.2 Parallax Bar 3.3.3 Vertical Exaggeration 3.3.4 Displacements due to Height Differences man Aenal Photograph 3.3.5 Derivation of the Parallax Bar Formulae 3.3.6 Characteristics of the Parallax Bar Equation 3.4 Planimetric Measurements on Aerial Photographs 3.4.1 Introduction 3.4.2 Determination of Scale 3.4.3 Measurement of Distances 3.4.3.1 Graduated Rule or Scale 3.4.3.2 Paper Strip 3.4.3.3 Length of String 3.4.3.4 Odometer 3.4.4 Measurement of Areas 3.4.4.1 Dot Grid 3.4.4.2 Digitiser 3.4.5 Transfer of Planimetric Detail by the Use of the Anharmoruc Ratio 3.4.5.1 Paper Strip Method 3.4.5.2 Projective Nets 3.4.6 Proportional Dividers 3.5 Perception of Colour 3.6 Principles of Photographic Interpretation 3.6.1 Introduction 3.6.2 Levels of Interpretation 3.6.2.1 Image Reading 3.6.2.2 Image Analysis 3.6.2.3 Image Interpretation 3.6.3 Principles of Object Recognition 3.6.3.1 Size 3.6.3.2 Shape 3.6.3.3 Shadow 3.6.3.4 Colour or Tone 3.6.3 .5 Pattern and Texture 3.6.4 Interpretation Strategies 3.6.4.1 Location and Association 3.6.4.2 Temporal Change 3.6.4.3 Convergence of Evidence 3.6.5 Interpretation Procedure 3.7 Visual Interpretation of lmages 3.7.1 Visual Interpretation of Thermal Image Data 3.7.2 Visual Interpretation of Radar Image Data 3.8 Maps and Map Reading 3.8.1 Map Projections 3.8.1.1 Definition of the Mathematical Shape of the Portion of the Earth 3.8.1.2 Specify How the Curved Surface of the Earth is to be Unfolded onto a Flat Sheet 3.8.2 Mapping Systems and Map Types 3.8.3 Map Co-ordinates and Bearings 3.8.4 Establishing One's Location on a Map 3.8.5 Map Reading on a Topographic.Map 3.8.6 Terrain Classification Further Reading References Chapter4 Image Processing 4.1 Overview 4.1.1 Pre-Processing 4.1.2 Enhancement 4.1.3 Classification 4.1.4 Estimation 4.1.5 Temporal Analysis 4.2 Statistical Considerations 4.2.1 Probability Density Functions 4.2.1.1 Binomial Distribution 4.2.1.2 Normal Distribution 4.2.2 Correlation 4.2.3 Statistical Characteristics of Satellite Scanner Data 4.2.4 Measures of Distance 4.2.5 Shannon's Sampling Theorem 4.2.6 Autocorrelation and Variograms 4.2.7 Frequency Domain 4.2.7.1 Scaling 4.2.7.2 Shifting 4.2.7.3 Convolution 4.2.8 Least Squares Method of Fitting 4.3 Pre-Processing of Image Data 4.3.1 Introduction 4.3.2 Rectification 4.3.2.1 Theoretical Basis for Rectification 4.3.2.2 Correction for Systematic Errors 4.3.2.3 Fitting Image Data to Ground Control 4.3.2.4 Resampling the Image Data 4.3.2.5 Windowing and Mosaicing 4.3.2.6 Rectification in Practice 4.3 .3 Radiometric Calibration 4.3.4 Atmospheric Correction 4.3.4.1 Use of a Linear Model for Atmospheric Correction 4.3.4.2 Atmospheric Correction Using Atmospheric Models 4.4 The Enhancement of Image Data 4.4.1 Radiometric Enhancement 4.4.1.1 Display of an Image 4.4.1.2 Pseudo-Colour Density Slice 4.4.1.3 Linear Enhancement 4.4.1.4 Non-Linear Enhancements 4.4.1.5 Piecewise Linear Stretch 4.4.1.6 Histogram Equalisation 4.4.2 Spectral Enhancements 4.4.2.1 Ratioing 4.4.2.2 Orthogonal Transformations 4.4.2.3 Vegetation Indices 4.4.2.4 Fourier Transformation 4.4.3 Spatial Transformations of Image Data 4.4.3.1 Measurement of Texture 4.4.3.2 Edge Detection 4.4.3.3 Removal of Regular Noise in Image Data 4.4.3.4 Analysis of Spatial Correlation: The Variogram 4.4.3.5 Image Segmentation 4.4.3 .6 Object Patterns and Object Sizes: The ALV Function 4.4.4 Temporal Enhancements 4.4.4.1 Temporal Enhancement 4.4.4.2 Principal Components 4.4.4.3 Temporal Distance Images 4.4.4.4 Fourier Analysis of Hypertemporal Data 4.5 Analysis of Mixtures or End Member Analysis 4.5.1 Linear End Member Model 4.5.2 Characteristics of the Linear End Member Model 4.5.3 Identification of End Members 4.5.4 Implementation of the Linear End Member Algorithm 4.6 Image Classification 4.6.1 Principles of Classification 4.6.2 Discriminant Function Classifiers 4.6.2.1 Development of the Maximum Likelihood Classifier 4.6.2.2 Summary 4.6.2.3 Characteristics of the Discriminant Function Family of Classifiers 4.6.2.4 Implementation of the Maximum Likelihood Classifier 4.6.3 Fuzzy Classifiers 4.6.4 Neural Network Classifiers 4.6.5 Hierarchical Classifiers 4.6.6 Classification Strategies 4.6.6.1 Types of Classes 4.6.6.2 Selecting Classes and Classifiers 4.6.6.3 Im
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Call number: MR 22.94991
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 186, XVI, 187 - 410 Seiten , Illustrationen [zum Teil farbig], graphische Darstellungen, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1893912-00-7
    Series Statement: SI/MAB Series 11
    Language: English
    Note: Sprache der Zusammenfassung: Französisch
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Fachbuchverlag | Leipzig : Fachbuchverl.
    Call number: MR 22.94983
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 671 Seiten , graphische Darstellung , 20 cm
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 3-343-00248-8
    Series Statement: Nachschlagebücher für Grundlagenfächer
    Language: German
    Note: Bezeichnung der Zahlenbereiche Übersicht über die in den einzelnen Abschnitten eingeführten Zeichen und ihre Bedeutung Aus der mathematischen Logik Wissenschaftssprache und natürliche Sprache Einige Grundbegriffe der mathematischen Logik Konstante, Variable, Terme Aussagen Aussageformen Logische Operationen Aussagenfunktionen Wahrheitsfunktionen Zur Negation Zur Konjunktion Zur Alternative, Antivalenz Zur Implikation Zur Äquivalenz Logische Ausdrücke Aussagenlogische Ausdrücke Aussagenlogische Äquivalenzen und Identitäten Prädikatenlogische Ausdrücke Logisches Schließen Zum Folgerungsbegriff Aussagenlogisches Schließen Prädikatenlogisches Schließen Zur Erkenntnisgewinnung in mathematischen Disziplinen Reduktive Methoden der Erkenntnisfindung Zur axiomatischen Methode Zum Definieren mathematischer Begriffe Zum Beweisen mathematischer Sätze (Erkenntnissicherung) Direkter Beweis Indirekter Beweis Beweis durch vollständige Induktion Zum Modellbegriff in der Mathematik Aus der Mengenlehre Mengenbildung Beziehungen zwischen Mengen Gleichheit von Mengen Inklusion von Mengen Potenzmengen Operationen mit Mengen Komplementärmenge Durchschnitt von Mengen Vereinigung von Mengen Differenz von Mengen Abbildungen von Mengen Produktmenge Zum Abbildungsbegriff Funktionen Relationen zwischen Mengen Zweistellige Relationen Ordnungsrelationen Äquivalenzrelationen Algebraische Operationen Ein- und zweistellige Operationen Isomorphie von Mengen bezüglich der Operationen (Relationen) Algebraische Strukturen Zur Struktur »Körper« Zur Struktur »Vektorraum« Mächtigkeit von Mengen Zahlen, Zahlenbereiche Der Bereich der natürlichen Zahlen Zum Begriff »natürliche Zahl« Darstellung natürlicher Zahlen Algebraische Operationen in der Menge der natürlichen Zahlen Addition natürlicher Zahlen Multiplikation natürlicher Zahlen Potenzierung natürlicher Zahlen Ordnungsrelationen in der Menge der natürlichen Zahlen Veranschaulichung von natürlichen Zahlen Teilbarkeitsrelation in der Menge der natürlichen Zahlen Teiler und Vielfache natürlicher Zahlen Primzahlen Zerlegung einer natürlichen Zahl in Primfaktoren Teilbarkeitsregeln Gemeinsamer Teiler Gemeinsames Vielfaches Kombinatorische Anzahlbestimmungen Permutationen Variationen Kombinationen Übersicht über die Formeln zu kombinatorischen Anzahlbestimmungen Notwendigkeit und Möglichkeiten der Erweiterung des Bereichs der natürlichen Zahlen Der Bereich der gebrochenen Zahlen Die Menge der gebrochenen Zahlen Ordnungsrelation in der Menge der gebrochenen Zahlen Algebraische Operationen in der Menge der gebrochenen Zahlen Addition gebrochener Zahlen Multiplikation gebrochener Zahlen Die Menge der natürlichen Zahlen als Teilmenge der Menge der gebrochenen Zahlen Darstellung gebrochener Zahlen im dekadischen Positionssystem Zehnerbrüche, Dezimalbrüche Ordnungsrelation für gebrochene Zahlen in Dezimalbruchdarstellung Rechenoperationen für gebrochene Zahlen in Dezimalbruchdarstellung Der Bereich der rationalen Zahlen Die Menge der rationalen Zahlen Der absolute Betrag einer rationalen Zahl Ordnungsrelationen und algebraische Operationen in der Menge der rationalen Zahlen Ordnungsrelationen in Q Algebraische Operationen in Q Die Menge der gebrochenen Zahlen als Teilmenge der Menge der rationalen Zahlen Beschränkte Teilmengen in Q Der Bereich der ganzen Zahlen Teilbarkeitsrelation in der Menge der ganzen Zahlen Erweiterung der Teilbarkeitsrelation von der Menge der natürlichen Zahlen auf die Menge der ganzen Zahlen Zahlenkongruenzen Restklassen modulo m Rechenregeln für Zahlenkongruenzen zu dem festen Modul m Der Bereich der reellen Zahlen Die Menge der reellen Zahlen Ordnungsrelationen und Rechenoperationen in R Definition des Wurzelbegriffs Potenzieren in R Radizieren in R Logarithmieren in R Der Bereich der komplexen Zahlen Zum Begriff »komplexe Zahl« Der Bereich der komplexen Zahlen Trigonometrische Darstellung der komplexen Zahl Exponentialform einer komplexen Zahl Übersicht über den Aufbau der Zahlenbereiche Zum praktischen Rechnen mit reellen Zahlen und mit Größen Zum Termbegriff Zum Rechnen mit dem Summen- und mit dem Produktzeichen Termumformungen mit Variablen im Bereich der reellen Zahlen Addition von Termen, Auflösen und Setzen von Klammern Multiplizieren von Termen, Ausmultiplizieren von Klammern und Ausklammern Binomische Formeln, binomischer Lehrsatz Dividieren von Summen in R Gemeinsames Vielfaches und gemeinsamer Nenner von Quotienten Grundrechenoperationen für Quotienten aus reellen Zahlen unter Verwendung von Variablen Zum numerischen Rechnen Regeln für das numerische Rechnen Abgetrennte Zehnerpotenzen Näherungswerte und Arbeiten mit Näherungswerten Ermitteln von Näherungswerten durch Runden, Überschlagen und Abschätzen von rationalen Zahlen Näherungswerte von Potenzen Fehlerrechnung Zum Begriff »Fehler« Absoluter und relativer Fehler, Fehlerschranken Fehlerabschätzung beim Rechnen mit Näherungswerten Rechenhilfsmittel Zahlentafeln Elektronische Taschenrechner Zum Rechnen mit Größen Zum Begriff »Größe« Zum Arbeiten mit Größen Gleichungen und Ungleichungen Gleichheitsrelation. Begriffe »Gleichung« und »Ungleichung« Einteilung der Gleichungen Zum Lösen von Gleichungen Variablengrundbereich, Lösungsgrundmenge, Lösungsmenge Lösungsverfahren für Gleichungen Fundamentalsatz der Algebra für algebraische Gleichungen System von Regeln für äquivalente Umformungen von Gleichungen Lösen algebraischer Gleichungen Lineare Gleichungen mit einer Variablen Lineare Gleichungen mit mehr als einer Variablen Lineare diophantische Gleichungen mit zwei Variablen Gleichungen mit Beträgen Quadratische Gleichungen Zu Gleichungen 3. und 4.Grades Wurzelgleichungen mit einer Variablen Lösen transzendenter Gleichungen Exponentialgleichungen Logarithmische Gleichungen Goniometrische Gleichungen Verfahren zur Verbesserung von Näherungswerten für Lösungen von Gleichungen Sekantennäherungsverfahren (Regula falsi) Tangentennäherungsverfahren (Newtonsches Verfahren) Lösen von Gleichungssystemen Lösungsgrundbereich und Lösungsmenge eines Gleichungssystems Lösen linearer Gleichungssysteme Lösen nichtlinearer Gleichungssysteme von zwei Gleichungen mit zwei Variablen Textaufgaben, die auf Gleichungen führen; Größengleichungen Zum Lösen von Ungleichungen Zum Ungleichungsbegriff Lösungsverfahren für Ungleichungen Lösen algebraischer Ungleichungen Lineare Ungleichungen mit genau einer Variablen Simultane Ungleichungen mit einer Variablen Linear gebrochene Ungleichungen mit einer Variablen Lineare Ungleichungen mit genau zwei Variablen Ungleichungen mit absoluten Beträgen Quadratische Ungleichungen Wurzelungleichungen Ungleichungssysteme Lineare Ungleichungssysteme Quadratische Ungleichungssysteme mit zwei Variablen Reelle Funktionen Zum Funktionsbegriff Definition des Begriffs »Funktion« Einteilung der reellen Funktionen Umkehrfunktionen Allgemeine Eigenschaften von reellen Funktionen Beschränkte Funktionen Gerade und ungerade Funktionen (Symmetrieeigenschaften) Monotone Funktionen Periodische Funktionen Nullstellen einer Funktion Verknüpfungen von reellen Funktionen Bildung neuer Funktionen durch rationale Rechenoperationen Verkettung von Funktionen Geometrische Transformationen der Graphen reeller Funktionen Spiegelungen Translationen Streckungen (Dehnungen bzw. Stauchungen) Rationale Funktionen Zum Begriff »rationale Funktion« Ganzrationale Funktionen in mehreren Variablen Eigenschaften der Potenzfunktion mit natürlichen Exponenten Einige Eigenschaften ganzrationaler Funktionen HORNERsches Schema Einige Eigenschaften gebrochenrationaler Funktionen Eigenschaften der Potenzfunktionen mit negativen ganzzahligen Exponenten Irrationale Funktionen Zum Begriff »irrationale Funktion« Potenzfunktionen mit rationalen Exponenten Wurzelfunktionen Transzendente Funktionen Zum Begriff »transzendente Funktion« Exponentialfunktionen Logarithmusfunktionen Winkelfunktionen Die Arcusfunktionen Zahlenfolgen und Reihen Zum Begriff »Zahlenfolge« Eigenschaften von Zahlenfolgen Verknüpfunge
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94973
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 596 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 0-921421-02-8
    Language: Undetermined
    Note: Beiträge teilweise in englischer, teilweise in französischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Call number: MR 22.94956
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIX, 402 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen, Karten
    ISBN: 952-10-0868-7
    Series Statement: Lithos 80.2005,1/4
    Language: English
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boulder, Colorado : Geological Society of America
    Call number: MR 22.94957
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXI, 490 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen
    ISBN: 0-8137-5401-1
    Series Statement: Centennial field guide 1
    Language: English
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Call number: MR 22.94944
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: Getrennte Zählung , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen, Karten
    ISBN: 087590-241-3
    Language: English
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Call number: MR 22.94935
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XI, 239 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen
    ISBN: 0-216-91646-1 , 0-412-00601-4
    Language: English
    Note: 1 The nature, occurrence and geological significance of fluid inclusions 1.1 Introduction 1.1.1 Occurrence and distribution 1.1.2 Abundance and distribution in single crystals 1.1.3 The manifestation of inclusions in minerals 1.1.4 Inclusion morphologies 1.2 Paragenetic classification 1.3 Sorby's early work on homogeneous and heterogeneous trapping 1.4 Variations in fluid inclusion contents 1.5 Fluid inclusions as representative portions of geological fluids 1.5.1 Bulk leakage 1.5.2 Leakage through diffusion 1.5.3' Representative trapping 1.6 Changes after trapping 1.6.1 Re-equilibration of the inclusion walls and necking-down 1.6.2 Migration of inclusions in a thermal gradient 1.7 Geological significance of fluid inclusions 1.7.1 Composition of fluids 1.7.2 Geothermometry and geobarometry 1.7.3 Patterns of fluid flow 1.7.4 Fluid inclusion studies in mineral exploration 1.7.5 Fluid inclusion studies in oil exploration 1.7.6 Other applications 1.8 Concluding remarks 2 Sample selection and preparation for microscope examination 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Choice of material for study 2.2.1 Hydrothermal veins 2.2.2 Igneous rocks 2.2.3 Medium- to high-grade metamorphic rocks 2.2.4 Sedimentary rocks 2.3 Grain mounts 2.3.1 Preparation 2.3.2 Immersion oils 2.3.3 Manipulation of grains 2.4 Cleavage fragments for optical study 2.5 Preparation of polished wafers for thermometric analysis 2.5.1 Stage 1: sawing and grinding 2.5.2 Stage 2: polishing 2.5.3 Stage 3: reverse mounting 2.5.4 Handling difficult samples 2.5.5 Storage of specimens 2.5.6 Summary of basic requirements for fluid inclusion wafer preparation 3 Optical examination 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Optical requirements 3.3 Recognition and location of fluid inclusions 3.4 Recognition of phases within inclusions 3.4.1 Daughter minerals 3.4.2 Compressed gases 3.4.3 Hydrocarbon liquids 3.4.4 Glass 3.5 Recognition of necking-down, leakage and natural decrepitation 3.5.1 Problems of heterogeneous trapping and metastability 3.6 Classification of inclusions following optical study 3.7 Phase proportions in individual fluid inclusions 3.7.1 Degree of fill (F) and calculation of overall density for two-phase aqueous (L + V) inclusions 3.7.2 Calculation of overall density and salinity for three-phase aqueous (L + V + S) inclusions 3.7.3 Estimation of phase proportions 3.8 Other microscope techniques 3.8.1 Opening inclusions under the microscope 3.8.2 Ultraviolet (UV) microscopy 3.8.3 Infrared (IR) microscopy 3.8.4 Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) 3.9 Summary of observations during optical examination 4 Basic principles of thermometric analysis 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Heating 4.2.1 Liquid-vapour homogenization in two-phase (L + V) aqueous inclusions 4.2.2 Dissolution of daughter minerals 4.2.3 Homogenization of immiscible H₂O-CO₂ liquids 4.3 Freezing 4.3.1 Aqueous H₂O-salt systems 4.3.2 Non-aqueous CO₂-CH₄ -N₂ systems 4.3.3 Mixed H₂O-salt-CO₂ systems 5 Heating-freezing stages 5.1 Availability 5.1.1 Introduction 5.1.2 Chaixmeca stage 5.1.3 Linkam TH 600 stage 5.1.4 Reynolds stage 5.1.5 Additional considerations 5.2 Installation and calibration 5.2.1 Heating 5.2.2 Freezing 5.2.3 Alternative cryogenic baths 5.2.4 Calibration of the stage 6 Practical aspects of thermometric analysis 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Freezing 6.2.1 Aqueous H₂O-salt inclusions 6.2.2 Non-aqueous CO₂-CH₄-N₂ inclusions 6.2.3 Mixed H₂O-NaCl-CO₂ inclusions 6.3 Heating 6.3.1 Liquid-vapour homogenization 6.3.2 Dissolution of daughter minerals 6.3.3 Homogenization of H₂O-CO₂ inclusions 7 Presentation and interpretation of thermometric data 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Assessment of results for individual inclusions 7.2.1 Accuracy and precision 7.2.2 Data and presentation 7.3 Measurements and more measurements 7.4 Presentation of data 7.5 Interpretation of data 7.5.1 Recognition of discrete populations 7.5.2 Continuous variation 7.5.3 Further considerations of boiling, liquid immiscibility and halite-bearing inclusions 7.6 Estimation of pressure and trapping conditions 7.6.1 Methods for calculating fluid pressures from fluid inclusion data 7.6.2 Estimation of depth of trapping 8 The chemical analysis of fluid inclusions—theoretical considerations 8.1 Introduction 8.2 The crush-leach method 8.2.1 Introduction 8.2.2 Cation analysis 8.2.3 Anion analysis 8.2.4 Other considerations 8.3 Volatiles—bulk analysis 8.4 The ICP-linked decrepitation technique 8.5 Identification of solid phases by X-ray methods 8.5.1 Introduction 8.5.2 X-ray diffraction 8.5.3 Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) 8.5.4 Other solid phases 8.6 The microanalysis of individual inclusions 8.6.1 Introduction 8.6.2 Laser excited Raman spectroscopy 8.6.3 Laser beam ablation 8.6.4 Other techniques 8.7 Neutron activation analysis (NAA) 8.8 Isotopic analysis 9 The chemical analysis of fluid inclusions—practical considerations 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Crush-leach analysis for non-volatile components 9.2.1 Sample selection 9.2.2 Sample preparation 9.2.3 Analysis 9.2.4 Results 9.3 Decrepitation and the analysis of non-volatile constituents 9.3.1 Introduction 9.3.2 Sample selection 9.3.3 Sample preparation 9.3.4 Analysis 9.3.5 Results 9.4 The analysis of volatile constituents 9.4.1 Sample selection 9.4.2 Sample preparation 9.4.3 Analysis 9.4.4 Data obtained 9.5 Stable isotopic analysis 9.5.1 Sample selection 9.5.2 Sample preparation 9.5.3 Analysis 9.5.4 Results 9.6 Scanning electron microscopy and the analysis of solid phases 9.6.1 Preparation of sample 9.6.2 Instrument operation 9.6.3 Interpretation 10 Future trends in fluid inclusion studies 10.1 Importance of fluid processes in the Earth's crust 10.2 Developments in methodology 10.2.1 Analysis of individual inclusions 10.2.2 Bulk analysis of several inclusion populations 10.3 Theoretical considerations on the PVTX properties of fluids 10.4 Future applications 10.4.1 Deep crustal processes 10.4.2 Diagenesis and fluids in sedimentary basins 10.4.3 Hydrocarbon and mineral exploration 10.4.4 Tectonics 10.5 Summary Appendix I Some UK suppliers of equipment and consumables for the preparation of fluid inclusion polished wafers Appendix II Examples of standard charts for visually estimating the degree of fill (F) in two-phase inclusions Appendix III Main manufacturers/suppliers of optical equipment and heating-freezing stages Appendix IV Some suppliers of substances recommended for the temperature calibration of heating-freezing stages Appendix V Materials and equipment for routine crush-leach analysis References Index
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    London : Mining Journal Books
    Call number: MR 22.94928
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 149 Seiten , graphische Darstellungen , 23 cm
    ISBN: 0-900117-45-1
    Language: English
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Glasgow [u.a.] : Blackie
    Call number: MR 22.94930
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IX, 302 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen, Karten
    ISBN: 0-216-91726-3 , 0-412-00841-6
    Language: English
    Note: 1 Introduction J.R. Ashworth 1.1 Scope of the book 1.2 Definitions 1.3 Migmatites and granites 1.4 Melt-absent migmatization 1.5 Compositions of anatectic leucosomes 1.6 Textures and structures as possible indicators of melt presence 1.7 Estimation of P-T-aₕ₂ₒ conditions 1.8 The Granulite Facies 1.9 Mineral compositions in leucosome and melanosome: the plagioclase problem 1.10 Open and closed systems 1.11 Conclusions References 2 The significance of experimental studies for the formation of migmatites W. Johannes 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Experimental studies in the haplogranite system Qz-Or-Ab-H₂O 2.3 Experimental studies in the tonalite system Qz-Ab-An-H₂O 2.4 Experimental studies in the granite system Qz-Or-Ab-An-H₂O 2.5 Plagioclase compositions: observations in nature, experimental findings and conclusions 2.6 Suggestions for future research References 3 Phase equilibria in partial melting of pelitic rocks James A. Grant 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Subsolidus phase equilibria and experimental data 3.3 Partial melting 3.4 Melting at Pₕ₂ₒ = Pₜₒₜₐₗ 3.5 Melting at Pₕ₂ₒ 〈 Pₜₒₜₐₗ 3.6 Vapour-absent melting 3.7 Internal and external control of intensive variables 3.8 Paths through time and space 3.9 Separation of solid, liquid and vapour 3.10 Summary liquidus relations 3.11 Conclusions References 4 Mass balance in migmatites Sakiko N. Olsen 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Baltimore Gneiss and Front Range migmatites 4.3 Mass-balance calculations: methods and assumptions 4.4 Mass-balance calculations: results 4.5 Littleton Formation migmatites 4.6 Discussion References 5 Textures J.R. Ashworth and E.L. McLellan 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Grain size 5.3 Textures attributed to crystallization from a melt 5.4 Grain shape 5.5 Grain orientation (petrofabric) 5.6 Grain contact relations 5.7 Conclusions References 6 Migmatite occurrences in New England Robert J. Tracy 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Tectonic evolution of New England 6.3 Grenville massifs of western New England 6.4 Ordovician migmatites in the western high grade belt 6.5 Migmatites of the eastern Acadian metamorphic high 6.6 Avalonian terrains overprinted in the Alleghenian 6.7 Summary References 7 Migmatites in the Moines David Barr 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Early migmatites 7.3 Late migmatites 7.4 Sutherland migmatites 7.5 Conclusions References 8 Fluid inclusions in migmatites J. Touret and Sakiko N. Olsen 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Fluid inclusions in migmatites of Bamble, Norway 8.3 Fluid inclusions in the Front Range migmatites
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: S 90.0095(233)
    In: Special paper / The Geological Society of America, 233
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: V, 53 Seiten , graphische Darstellungen
    ISBN: 0-8137-2233-0
    Series Statement: Special paper / The Geological Society of America 233
    Language: English
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Boulder, Colo. : Geological Society of America
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 90.0095(220)
    In: Special papers / the Geological Society of America, 220
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: IX, 110 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen , 3 Karten
    ISBN: 0-8137-2220-9
    Series Statement: Special papers / the Geological Society of America 220
    Language: English
    Note: Kartenbeilage (Plate 1) unter dem Titel: Complete Bouguer anomaly map of the Henry Mountains and vicinity, Utah , Kartenbeilage (Plate 2) unter dem Titel: Complete Bouger anomaly map of the Solitario and Vicinity, Texas , Kartenbeilage (Plate 3) unter dem Titel: Complete Bouguer gravity anomaly map of the Sundance 15' quadrangle, Wyoming , Kartenbeilage (Plate 4) unter dem Titel: Complete Bouguer anomaly map of the central part of the Little Belt Mountains, Montana , Kartenbeilage (Plate 5) unter dem Titel: Complete Bouguer anomaly map of the Abajo Mountains and vicinity, Utah , Kartenbeilage (Plate 6) unter dem Titel: Nonlinear finite element models of laccoliths
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    St. John's : Geological Association of Canada
    Associated volumes
    Call number: MR 22.94913
    In: Short course notes / Geological Association of Canada, 17
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: x, 352 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen, Karten
    ISBN: 1-897095-08-2
    Series Statement: Short course notes / Geological Association of Canada 17
    Language: English
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: S 90.0095(235)
    In: Special paper / The Geological Society of America, 235
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: VII, 175 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen, Karten
    ISBN: 0-8137-2235-7
    Series Statement: Special paper / The Geological Society of America 235
    Language: English
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Boulder, Colorado : The Geological Society of America
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 90.0095(208)
    In: Special paper / The Geological Society of America, 208
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: vii, 122 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 0-8137-2208-X
    Series Statement: Special paper / The Geological Society of America 208
    Language: English
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Boulder, Colo. : The Geological Society of America
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 90.0006(164)
    In: Memoir / The Geological Society of America, 164
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: VII, 423 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellung, Karten
    ISBN: 0-8137-1164-9
    Series Statement: Memoir / The Geological Society of America 164
    Language: English
    Note: Foreword Experimental investigations of blueschist-greenschist transition equilibria: Pressure dependence ofAl₂O₃ contents in sodic amphiboles - A new geobarometer (Shigenori Maruyama, Moonsup Cho, and J. G. Liou) Metamorphic temperatures and pressures of Group B and C eclogites (Robert C. Newton) Phase relationships of ellenbergerite, a new high-pressure Mg-Al-Ti silicate in pyrope-coesite-quartzite from the Western Alps (Christian Chopin) Petrology and tectonic implications of the blueschist-bearing Puerto Nuevo melange complex, Vizcaino Peninsula, Baja California Sur, Mexico (Thomas E. Moore) Petrologic and geochemical comparison of the blueschist and greenschist units of the Catalina Schist terrane, southern California (Sorena Svea Sorensen) Blueschists in the Franciscan Complex of California: Petrotectonic constraints on uplift mechanisms (Mark CIoos) Geochronology of high-pressure-low-temperature Franciscan metabasites: A new approach using the U-Pb system (James M. Mattinson) Blueschist metamorphism of the Eastern Franciscan belt, northern California (A. S. Jayko, M. C. Blake, Jr., and R. N. Brothers) Deformation and high PIT metamorphism in the central part of the Condrey Mountain window, north-central Klamath Mountains, California and Oregon (Mark A. Helper) Geology of the Shuksan Suite, North Cascades, Washington, U.S.A (Edwin H. Brown) Phase petrology of eclogitic rocks in the Fairbanks district, Alaska (Edwin H. Brown and Robert B. Forbes) Field relations and metamorphism of the Raspberry Schist, Kodiak Islands, Alaska (Sarah M. Roeske) Rb-Sr and K-Ar study of metamorphic rocks of the Seward Peninsula and Southern Brooks Range, Alaska (Richard L. Armstrong, Joseph E. Harakal, Robert B. Forbes) Bernard W. Evans, and Stephen Pollock Thurston Caledonian high-pressure metamorphism in central western Spitsbergen (Yoshihide Ohta, Takao Hirajima, and Yoshikuni Hiroi) A greenschist protolithfor blueschist in Anglesey, U.K. (Wes Gibbons and Mark Gyopari) Rb-Sr and U-Pb dating of the blueschists of the Ile de Groix (France) (Jean-Jacques Peucat) Blue amphiboles in metamorphosed Mesozoic mafic rocks from the Central Alps (R. Oberhänsli) Early Alpine eclogite metamorphism in the Penninic Monte Rosa-Gran Paradiso basement nappes of the northwestern Alps (Giorgio V. Dal Piaz and Bruno Lombardo) Blueschist-facies metamorphism of manganiferous cherts: A review of the alpine occurrences (Annibale Mottana) The blueschist fades schistes lustrés of Alpine Corsica: A review (Wes Gibbons, Colin Waters, and John Warburton) The ophiolite-bearing Schistes lustrés nappe in Alpine Corsica: A model for the emplacement ofophiolites that have suffered HP/LT metamorphism (John Warburton) High-pressure/low-temperature metamorphic rocks of Turkey (A. I. Okay) Eclogues from various types of metamorphic complexes in the USSR and the problems of their origin (N. V. Sobolev, N. L. Dobretsov, A. B. Bakirov, and V. S. Shatsky) The high-pressure metamorphic belts of Japan: A review (Shohei Banno) The origin and metamorphic history of the ultramafic and metagabbro bodies in the Sanbagawa metamorphic belt (K. Kunugiza, A. Takasu, and S. Banno) Strain patterns in the Sanbagawa and Ryoke paired metamorphic belts, Japan (Mitsuhiro Toriumi and Megumi Masui) A low PIT metamorphic episode in the Biei area, Kamuikotan blueschist terrane, Japan (Hirokazu Maekawa) Regional eclogite fades in the high-pressure metamorphic belt of New Caledonia (K. Yokoyama, R. N. Brothers, and P. M. Black)
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Upper Saddle River, N.J. : Pearson Education
    Call number: 20-3/M 09.0356 ; IASS 12.0001
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: The soils around us -- Formation of soils from parent materials -- Soil classification -- Soil architecture and physical properties -- Soil water: characteristics and behavior -- Soil and the hydrologic cycle -- Soil aeration and temperature -- Soil colloids: seat of soil chemical and physical activity -- Soil acidity -- Soils of dry regions: alkalinity, salinity, and sodicity -- Organisms and ecology of the soil -- Soil organic matter -- Nitrogen and sulfur economy of soils -- Soil phosphorus and potassium -- Micronutrients and other trace elements -- Practical nutrient management -- Soil erosion and its control -- Soils and chemical pollution -- Geographic soils information -- Prospects for global soil quality
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvi, 975 S.
    Edition: Rev. 14th ed.
    ISBN: 9780132279383
    Classification:
    Soils
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: RIFS Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Call number: S 90.0006(153)
    In: Memoir / The Geological Society of America, 153
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: VI, 490 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen, Karten
    Edition: 3. printing
    ISBN: 0-8137-1153-3
    Series Statement: Memoir / The Geological Society of America 153
    Language: English
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New Dehli : New Age International Publishers
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94883
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XI, 349 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Reprint 2005
    ISBN: 0470213590 , 085226240X , 81-224-1343-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Foreword, by Professor Dr. Martin Bopp Preface Acknowledgements 1. EXPERIMENTS ON SPORES AND GEMMAE Spore Germination in Liverwort - Jungermanniales, Marchantiales, Anthocerotales, Sphaerocarpales; Types of Spore Germination in Mosses - Sphagnales, Andreaeales, Tetraphidales, Bryales Factors Affecting Spore Germination - Light, Temperature, Sugars, Minerals, Growth Regulators, Hydrogen-ion concentration (pH), OtheT Factors Mechanism of Spore Germination Experiments on Gemmae - light, Temperature, Humidity and other Physical Factors, Growth Regulators, Nitrogenous Substances, Hydrogen-ion concentration (pH), Other Chemical Factors References 2. PROTONEMAL DIFFERENTIATION AND BUD FORMATION IN MOSSES Protonemal Differentiation Bud Formation Factors Affecting Bud Formation - Light, Temperature, Auxins, Cytokinins, Gibberellins, Adenosine 3', 5'-cyclic monophosphate, Adenine and Amino Acids, Minerals and Chelates Vitamins, Abscisic Acid, Sugars, pH, Influence of Other Organisms References. 3. REGENERATION Potentialities of Various Organs for Regeneration - Regeneration from Leaves, Regeneration from Setae Morphology of Régénérants Factors Affecting Regeneration - Light. Radiation, pH, Season, Humidity. Wounding, Temperature, Size of the Fragment Reserve Food Material. Location in the Plant, Age, Correlative Inhibition. Polarity and Apical Dominance Changes Occurring in Regenerating Cells References 4. REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY Factors Affecting Gametangial Induction - Light Duration, Light Level, Light Quality. Temperature, Temperature-Photoperiod Interaction. Humidity. Hydration. Carbohydrates. Nitrogenous Substances, Growth Regulators, Chelating Agents, pH and Other Factors References 5. ALTERNATIVE PATHWAYS IN LIFE CYCLE Apogamy - Occurrence of Apogamy in Diplophase and Haplophase, Spore Production in Apogamous Sporophytes, Differentiation of Apogamous Sporophytes from Callus, Factors Controlling Differentiation of Apogamous Sporophytes: Exogenous Factors, Endogenous Factors, Differentiation of Sporophyte and Gametophyte, Role of Calyptra in Sporogon Development Apospory Callus Formation and its Differentiation - Formation of Callus. Differentiation in Callus Controls in Differentiation Alternation of Generations References 6. PHOTOMORPHOGENESIS Spore Germination - Liverworts, Mosses Growth - Liverworts, Mosses Vegetative Propagation - Liverworts, Mosses Metabolism - Liverworts. Mosses; Senescence Bud Induction in Mosses Tropic Responses - Liverworts, Mosses References. 7. ULTRASTRUCTURAL STUDIES Spore Protonema Stem Leaf Gametangia - Antheridium Gametogenesis - Spermatogenesis, Oogenesis Sporogenesis - Spore Sac or Tapetum. Fluctuation in Plastid Number, Structural Changes in Plastids, Cytoplasm, and Other Organelles. Meiosis. Spore Wall Formation Sporophyte-Ganietophyte Junction Seta Histoenzymological Studies - Localization of Enzymes in the Haustorial Foot References 8. CHEMICAL CONSTITUENTS OF BRYOPHYTES Antibiotics Growth Substances - Specified Growth Substances, Non-specified Growth Substances Lipids - Alkanes, Fatty Acids, Cuticular Components Terpenoids - Monoterpenoids, Sesquiterpenoids, Ditetpenoids, Triterpenoids and Sterols Flavonoids - Flavones, Isoflavones, Flavonols, Dihydrofiavonoids and Biflavonyls, Aurones and Chalcones, Acylated Flavonoids, Anthocyanins and Proanthocyanidins, Sphagnorubins Lignins; Other Constitutents - Carotenoids, Carbohydrates, Organic Acids, Dihydrostilbenes, Enzymes, Amino Acids and Quinones, Inorganic Compounds, Miscellaneous, Antitumour Activities, Allergenic Activities References 9. BRYOPHYTES AS INDICATORS OF POLLUTION Heavy Metals - Lead, Cadmium, Zinc, Mercury, Arsenates, Chromium, Nickel. Vanadium Stability Pattern of Metal Ions Metal Tolerance - Copper Mosses, Peat Mosses Gaseous Pollutants - Sulphur dioxide. Fluorides, Ozone Radionuclides (Radio Isotopes) - Cesium. Strontium, Uranium; Radiations References. 10. PROTOPLAST CULTURE Isolation of Protoplasts - Mechanical Method, Enzymatic Method, Source Material for Protoplasts, Factors Affecting Protoplast Isolation: Culture of Protoplasts—Liquid Culture Agar Plating of Protoplasts: Regeneration of Protoplasts - Factors Affecting Regeneration Protoplast Fusion and Somatic Hybrids Induction and Isolation of Mutants References. 11. CONDUCTION IN BRYOPHYTES External Conduction - Gametophyte. Sporophyte, Significance of External Conduction Internal Conduction - Cells Involved in Conduction, Anatomy of the Horizontal Axis, Midribs and Leaf Traces. Conducting Strand in Seta and Capsule, Development and Structure of Mature Conducting Tissues. The Interphase, Internal Conduction of Water, Conduction of Organic Compounds; Evolutionary Trends in the Conducting Strands References. 12. WATER RELATIONS Absorption and Conduction of Water - Endohydric.' Ectohydric, Myxohydric Water Holding Capacity and Growth Rate Desiccation and Rehydration Mechanism of Damage Growth-Forms References SUBJECT INDEX PLANT INDEX AUTHOR INDEX
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Springer-Verlag
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 20/M 07.0074 ; AWI G6-22-820
    In: Environmental Science
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 308 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 CD-ROM (12 cm)
    ISBN: 0-387-30513-0
    Series Statement: Environmental Science
    Classification:
    Ecology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Acknowledgments Chapter 1. Introduction 1.1 Discovery 1.2 General Introduction 1.3 Just for Fun — An Isotope Biography of Mr. Polychaete Chapter 2. Isotope Notation and Measurement Overview 2.1 The Necessary Minimum for Ecologists 2.2 Why Use the 5 Notation? 2.3 Why Is 8 a Good Substitute for % Heavy Isotope? 2.4 8 and the Ratio-of-Ratios 2.5 Chapter Summary Chapter 3. Using Stable Isotope Tracers Overview 3.1 Isotope Circulation in the Biosphere 3.2 Landscape Ecology and Isotope Maps 3.3 Community Ecology and Invasive Species in Food Webs 3.4 Life History Ecology and Animal Migrations 3.5 Plants, Microbes, and Scaling Up 3.6 Chapter Summary Chapter 4. Isotope Chi ("I Chi") Overview 4.1 Chocolate Isotopes 4.2 Oxygen in the Sea 4.3 Equations for Isotope Chi ("I Chi") 4.4 Building an I Chi Gain-Loss Model, Step by Step 4.5 Errors in I Chi Models 4.6 Exact Equations for I Chi Models 4.7 Cows in a Pasture 4.8 Chapter Summary Chapter 5. Mixing Overview 5.1 Isotope Mixing in Food Webs 5.2 Isotope Sourcery 5.3 Mixing Mechanics 5.4 Advanced Mixing Mechanics 5.5 Mixing Assumptions and Errors or the Art and Wisdom of Using Isotope Mixing Models 5.6 River Sulfate and Mass-Weighted Mixing 5.7 A Special Muddy Case and Mixing Through Time 5.8 The Qualquan Chronicles and Mixing Across Landscapes 5.9 Dietary Mixing, Turnover, and a Stable Isotope Clock 5.10 Chapter Summary Chapter 6. Isotope Additions Overview 6.1 Addition Addiction 6.2 The Golden Spike Award for Isotopes 6.3 Chapter Summary Chapter 7. Fractionation Overview 7.1 Fractionation Fundamentals 7.2 Isotopium and Fractionation in Closed Systems 7.3 A Strange and Routine Case 7.4 A Genuine Puzzle — Fractionation or Mixing? 7.5 Cracking the Closed Systems 7.6 Equilibrium Fractionation, Subtle Drama in the Cold 7.7 A Supply/Demand Model for Open System Fractionation 7.8 Open System Fractionation and Evolution of the Earth's Sulfur Cycle 7.9 Open System Legacies 7.10 Conducting Fractionation Experiments 7.11 Chapter Summary Chapter 8. Scanning the Future Overview 8.1 The Isotope Scanner 8.2 Mangrove Maude 8.3 The Beginner's Advantage—Imagine! 8.4 Chapter Summary Appendix. Important Isotope Equations and Useful Conversions Index Supplemental Electronic Materials on the Accompanying CD A. Chapter 1 Color Figures and Cartoon Problems B. Chapter 2 Color Figures and Cartoon Problems Technical Supplement 2A: Measuring Spiked Samples Technical Supplement 2B: Ion Corrections Technical Supplement 2C: The Ratio Notation and The Power of 1 C. Chapter 3 Color Figures and Cartoons Problems D. Chapter 4 Color Figures and Cartoons Problems I Chi Spreadsheets E. Chapters 5 Color Figures and Cartoons Problems I Chi Spreadsheets F. Chapter 6 Color Figure and Cartoon Problems I Chi Spreadsheet Technical Supplement 6A: How Much Isotope Should I Add? Technical Supplement 6B: Noisy Data and Data Analysis with Enriched Samples G. Chapter 7 Color Figures and Cartoons Problems I Chi Spreadsheets Technical Supplement 7A: A Chemist's View of Isotope Effects Technical Supplement 7B: Derivations of Closed System Isotope Equations H. Chapter 8 Color Figures and Cartoons Problems I. All Problems for Chapters 1-8 J. All Answers to Problems for Chapters 1-8 K. All Figures and Cartoons L. All I Chi Spreadsheets M. A Reading List
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: PIK N 630-13-0084 ; AWI Bio-22-20909
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 178 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 0-521-30868-2 , 0-521-54409-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Acknowledgements 1 Introduction Terms and abbreviations 2 The biogeographlcal setting Geology, physiography, and surface materials The structural framework Pleistocene geology Bioclimates Arctic and its three subzones Subarctic zone Boreal zone Eastern temperate zone Grassland zone Pacific and Cordilleran zones 3 Autecology and pollen representation Introduction Transcontinental, primarily boreal taxa Eastern, primarily temperate taxa Pacific-Cordilleran taxa Arctic taxa Modern regional pollen spectra The Western Interior The eastern plains transect The Pacific-Cordilleran transect General comments on the modern pollen spectra 4 Full-glacial refugla The southern refugia Pacific-Cordilleran refugia Interior plains and eastern region The Beringian refugia 5 Eastern Canada-fossil record and reconstruction Introduction The late glacial - 12,700 to 10,000 yr BP Southern Quebec and New Brunswick Maritime Canada The Great Lakes Basin Vegetation reconstruction The Holocene - 10,000 yr BP to the present Southern Quebec and New Brunswick The Maritimes, Labrador, and Northern Quebec The Great Lakes Vegetation reconstruction Boreal region 6 The Western Interior Sites near the forest-grassland transition Sites within the modern boreal forest Sites near the modern forest-tundra boundary 7 Pacific-Cordilleran region Southern Pacific zone Southern Cordilleran zone Northern Pacific zone Northern Cordilleran zone 8 Vegetation reconstruction and palaeoenvironments Introduction Origins and history Eastern temperate forests Boreal forest Grasslands and parklands Pacific-Cordilleran complex Tundra (arctic) Palaeoenvironmental controls Climate The Milankovitch model Full-glacial conditions Late-glacial and Holocene Fire Pathogens Paludification Problems for the future Climate disequilibrium Spatial resolution Pollen source area Concluding comments Appendix References Index
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Call number: AWI G5-22-94865
    Description / Table of Contents: Работа посвящена геологическому и палеонтологическому обоснованию возрастного расчленения палеогеновых и неогеновых отложений востока Сибирской платформы. Обобщен фактический материал, полученный за последние 25 лет по стратиграфии палеоген-неогеновых отложений востока Сибирской платформы. Впервые составлена схема структурно-фациального районирования региона. В 8 районах детально охарактеризовано 25 сводных разрезов (колонок). Выделено 6 региональных горизонтов (5 из них впервые). Для всех стратиграфических подразделений наряду с литологическими и параметрическими данными даются полная палеонтологическая и палеомагнитная характеристики. Проведены региональная и межрегиональная корреляции. Схема рекомендуется в качестве основы для геологической съемки среднего и крупного масштабов, геолого-поисковых и геологоразведочных работ, также разноплановых палеогеографических реконструкций.
    Description / Table of Contents: Translation of the abstract: The work is devoted to the geological and paleontological substantiation of the age division of the Paleogene and Neogene deposits of the east of the Siberian Platform. The factual material obtained over the past 25 years from the stratigraphy of Paleogene-Neogene deposits in the east of the Siberian Platform is summarized. For the first time, a scheme of structural-facies zoning of the region was drawn up. In 8 regions, 25 summary sections (columns) were characterized in detail. 6 regional horizons were identified (5 of them for the first time). For all stratigraphic units, along with lithological and parametric data, complete paleontological and paleomagnetic characteristics are given. Conducted regional and interregional correlations. The scheme is recommended as a basis for geological surveys of medium and large scales, geological prospecting and exploration works, as well as diverse paleogeographic reconstructions.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 20 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 5-463-00131-6
    Language: Russian
    Note: СОДЕРЖАНИЕ Постановление Межведомственного стратиграфического комитета о региональной стратиграфической схеме палеогеновых и неогеновых отложений востока Сибирской платформы Введение 1. Основные новые материалы 2. Общая стратиграфическая шкала 3. Магнитостратиграфическая шкала (полярность) 4. Региональные стратиграфические подразделения 5. Корреляция местных стратиграфических разрезов 6. Вновь установленные стратиграфические подразделения 7. Стратиграфические схемы смежных регионов 8. Основные задачи дальнейших исследований Заключение Список литературы Памяти О.В. Гриненко , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94860
    Description / Table of Contents: В сборнике приведены новые данные по морфологии криолитозоны Тянъ-Шаня и гор Восточной Сибири, рассмотрены особенности криогенного рельефообраэования в горах 3абайкалья, Казахстана, Средней Азии и Урала, предложены материалы, касающиеся геокриологических условий в местах строительства и разработки полезных ископаемых. В сборнике дана первая оценка запасов льда в ледниках всего Тянь-Шаня, включая и его восточную часть, расположенную на территории КНР, помещены оригинальные данные о химизме глетчерных льдов и рассмотрено распределение снега в зависимости от экспозиций склонов, что весьма существенно влияет на режим сезонного промерзаmт почв.
    Description / Table of Contents: Translation of the abstract: The collection presents new data on the morphology of the Tien Shan permafrost zone and the mountains of Eastern Siberia, discusses the features of cryogenic relief formation in the mountains of the Transbaikalia, Kazakhstan, Central Asia and the Urals, and offers materials related to geocryological conditions in construction sites and mining. The collection gives the first assessment of ice reserves in the glaciers of the entire Tien Shan, including its eastern part, located on the territory of the People's Republic of China, original data on the chemistry of glacier ice are placed and the distribution of snow depending on the exposure of slopes is considered, which has a very significant effect on the mode of seasonal soil freezing.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 167 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: Russian
    Note: СОДЕРЖАНИЕ Подземные льды в склоновш отложениях тянь-Шаня и Памира / Ермолин Е. Д. Состав и криогенное строение склонов в долине Адычи / Любомиров А.С. Инженерно-геокриологическое районирование зоны AЯM в пределах Алданского плоскогорья / Дорофеев И.В., Шац М.М., Сериков С.И. Мерзлотно-геотермическая характеристика месторождения Кумтор / Ермолин Е.Д., Немов А.Е., Попов М.В. Перелетки Казахского мелкосопочника / Горбунов А.П. Криоструктурный рельеф перигляциальной зоны Заилийского Алатау / Ухналев В.А. Туфуры как индикатор инженерно-геокриологических условий высокогорья Тянь-Шаня / Чаус А.С. Процессы и явления, сопутствующие наледообразованию на Северном Урале / Оберман Н.Г. Криофациальные особенности курумов Северного Забайкалья / Романовский Н.Н., Тюрин А.И., Сергеев Д.О. Фации каменных глетчеров / Титков С.Н. Ландшафты каменных глетчеров Северного Тянь-Шаня / Северски Э.В. Запасы льда и основные черты современного оледенения Тянь-Шаня / Вилесов Е.Н., Белова И.В. Геохимия ледников массива Ак-Шыйрак / Макаров В.Н., Федосеев Н.Ф. Динамика склоновых образований и криогенное строение сезонно-талого слоя в горах Восточной Якутии / Васильев И.С. Влияние экспозиции склонов на распределение снежного покрова в горах / Северский С.И. , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Novosibirsk : "Nauka" Sibirskoe Otdelenie
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 91.1160 SR ; AWI G3-22-32430
    In: Trudy Instituta Geologii i Geofiziki, Vypusk 668
    Description / Table of Contents: В сборнике рассматриваются проблемы стратиграфии кайнозоя Сибири. Приводятся оригинальные материалы по зональной шкале палеогена, палиностратиграфии и палеомагнетизму палеогена и неогена, климатостратиграфии и палеогеографии плейстоцена Сибири, Северо-Востока и Дальнего Востока СССР. Впервые предлагаются биостратиграфическая шкала плиоцена юга Западной Сибири в сопоставлении со стандартной шкалой и обстоятельные обзоры по фауне млекопитающих, остракод, фораминифер, диатомовых водорослей в связи с детализацией и совершенствованием региональных стратиграфических шкал. Затрагиваются некоторые вопросы, связанные с особенностями развития рельефа и палеоклимата в плейстоцене Сибири. Книга рассчитана на широкий круг геологов, палеонтологов и географов, изучающих проблемы кайнозоя Сибири, Северо-Востока и Дальнего Востока СССР, а также занимающихся геологической съемкой кайнозойских отложений
    Description / Table of Contents: Translation of the abstract: The collection deals with the problems of stratigraphy of the Cenozoic of Siberia. Original materials on the Paleogene zonal scale, palinostratigraphy and paleomagnetism of the Paleogene and Neogene, climatostratigraphy and paleogeography of the Pleistocene of Siberia, the Northeast and the Far East of the USSR are presented. For the first time, a biostratigraphic scale of the Pliocene in the south of Western Siberia is proposed in comparison with the standard scale and detailed reviews of the fauna of mammals, ostracods, foraminifers, and diatoms in connection with the refinement and improvement of regional stratigraphic scales. Some issues related to the features of the development of the relief and paleoclimate in the Pleistocene of Siberia are touched upon. The book is intended for a wide range of geologists, paleontologists and geographers studying the problems of the Cenozoic of Siberia, the North-East and the Far East of the USSR, as well as those involved in the geological survey of Cenozoic deposits.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 184 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 Beilage
    ISBN: 5-02-029166-8
    Series Statement: Trudy Instituta Geologii i Geofiziki 668
    Language: Russian
    Note: СОДЕРЖАНИЕ Предисловие Проблемы зональной шкалы палеогена Сибири / Шацкий С.Б. Стратиграфия плиоцена юга Западно-Сибирской равнины / Зыкин В.С., Зажигин В.С., Присяжнюк В.А. Магнитобиостратиграфический разрез и палеомагнитная характеристика плиоценовых отложений юга Западно-Сибирской равнины / Гнибиденко З.Н. Олигоценовые флоры Западной Сибири (по материалам палео-карпологических исследований) / Никитин В. П. Роль палинологии в разработке стратиграфии палеогеновых и неогеновых отложений Западной Сибири / Мартынов В.А. Об оценке абсолютного возраста и детальной корреляции плиоцен-четвертичных отложений методом палеовековых вариаций / Донченко В. В., Гнибиденко З.Н. Палеогеновые и неогеновые отложения юго-запада Чулымо-Енисейской впадины / Колыхалов Ю.М., Нечаева Е. К., Бессоненко Э.А. Картируемые горизонты неогена на юге Западно-Сибирской плиты / Даргевич В.А. Палинокомплексы палеогена и неогена Обь-Иртышского междуречья Западно-Сибирской равнины и их стратиграфическое значение / Кондинская Л. И., Юдина Е. В. О возрасте фауны позвоночных из серо-зеленых глин Павлодарского Прииртышья / Тлеубердина П.А. Неогеновые и четвертичные комплексы остракод юга Западной Сибири / Казьмина Т.А. Палинокомплексы кайнозоя Сургутского Приобья / Боброва С.И., Кириенко И.В. Корреляция палино-компллексов палеогена юго-восточной части Западно-Сибирской равнины (Томская область, правобережье Оби) / Ильенок Л.Л., Кабанова В.М., Костеша О.Н. Биостратиграфия морского палеогена юго-востока Западной Сибири по данным изучения микрофауны / Подобина В.М. О границе эоцена - олигоцена по данным изучения фораминифер (на примере Западной Сибири) / Подобина В.М. Климатические особенности формирования среднеплиоценовых отложений Северного Казахстана / Бобоедова А.А., Терещенко Р.А. Сравнительная стратиграфия палеогеновых отложений юга Западной Сибири и Тургайского прогиба на основе палиноспектров / Вобоедова А.А., Паскарь З.С. Палеоген и неоген Западного Забайкалья / Иметхенов А.Б., Резанов И.Н., Савинова В.В., Черняева Г.И., Будаев Р.Ц. Новые данные по расчленению и строению кайнозойских отложений на побережье моря Лаптевых / Евтеева И.С., Логинова И.Э., Каган Л.Я. Новые данные по палиностратиграфии кайнозойских отложений Тастахского прогиба Приморской низменности (Якутия) / Бакулина Н.Т., Жарикова Л.П. Результаты спорово-пыльцевого анализа отложений верхнего кайнозоя среднего течения р. Алазеи (Якутия) / Львова Е.М. Новые данные о неогеновых отложениях в Северном Приохотье / Ананьева Э.Г., Смирнова Т.И. Палеогеография и радиоуглеродная хронология на рубеже плейстоцена и голоцена Предалтайской равнины / Левина Т.П., Орлова Л.А., Панычев В.А., Скабичевская Н.А. К проблеме выделения раннезырянских межстадиалов в Западной Сибири / Архипов С.А., Вотах М.Р. Новые данные по палеогеографии плейстоцена Западного Саяна / Фельдбарг Н.Е., Чернышова М.Б. История развития рельефа и формирования позднеплейстоценовых отложений на юго-восточной окраине Северо-Сибирской низменности / Сахарова Е.И., Бурьянова О.П. Геоморфологическое районирование северо-западных окраин Алтае-Саянской горной области / Вдовин В.В. Эрозионные циклы рек Западного Прибайкалья в позднем плейстоцене и голоцене / Сизиков А.М. Типы морфогенеза на пластовых равнинах Зауралья и восстановление палеоклиматов плейстоцена / Илларионов А.Г. Палеоклиматы позднего плейстоцена и голоцена севера Сибири / Данилов И.Д. К стратиграфическому значению разреза четвертичных отложений на р. Хатанга у пос. Новорыбное / Зольников И.Л., Шевко А.Я. Морфология валунов и галек в моренах Белогорской возвышенности (Нижнее Приобье) / Шелехова Т.Г. , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Novosibirsk : "Nauka" Sibirskoe Otdelenie
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 711/657 ; AWI G3-22-32867
    In: Trudy Instituta Geologii i Geofiziki, Vypusk 657
    Description / Table of Contents: Рассматриваются обшие теоретические проблемы стратиграфии четвертичной системы, в особенности касаюшиеся геохронологических шкал, новейших методов радиометрического датирования, палеомагнитостратиграфии, а также актуальные задачи межрегиональных корреляций. Предлагаются обстоятельные обзоры состояния и перспектив совершенствования региональных стратиграфических схем, оригинальные палеогеографические и палеоклиматические реконструкции, новые материалы по проблемам четвертичной биоклиматостратиграфии в Сибири, четвертичной палеонтологии, следам первобытного человека, литологическим исследованиям. В сборник включены материалы научной сессии, посвященной 75-летию со дня рождения члена-корреспондента АН СССР В.Н. Сакса. Сборник рассчитан на геологов, палеонтологов, географов и других специ-алистов, интересуюшихся проблемами стратиграфии четвертичного периода и эанимаюшихся геологической съемкой четвертичных отложений.
    Description / Table of Contents: Translation of the abstract: General theoretical problems of Quaternary stratigraphy are considered, in particular those relating to geochronological scales, the latest methods of radiometric dating, paleomagnetostratigraphy, as well as topical problems of interregional correlations. Detailed reviews of the state and prospects for improving regional stratigraphic schemes, original paleogeographic and paleoclimatic reconstructions, new materials on the problems of Quaternary bioclimatostratigraphy in Siberia, Quaternary paleontology, traces of primitive man, and lithological studies are offered. The collection includes materials of the scientific session dedicated to the 75th anniversary of the birth of Corresponding Member of the USSR Academy of Sciences V.N. Sax. The collection is intended for geologists, paleontologists, geographers and other specialists who are interested in the problems of Quaternary stratigraphy and who are interested in geological surveying of Quaternary deposits.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 166 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 5-02-028834-9
    Series Statement: Trudy Instituta Geologii i Geofiziki 657
    Language: Russian
    Note: СОДЕРЖАНИЕ основоположник Сибирской школы по изучению четвертичного периода (С.А. Архипов) / Сакс В.В. Астрономическая геохронология антропогена. Проблема сопоставления геохронологических шкал / Краснов И.И. Хроностратиграфическая шкала ледникового плейстоцена севера Зарадной Сибири / Архипов С.А Стратиграфия и термолюминесцентный возраст раннего плейстоцена севера Западной Сибири / Архипов С.А., Куликов О.А Палинология и ледниковая теория / Волкова В.С. Покровное оледенение шельфа Восточной Сибири в позднем плейстоцене / Гросвальд М.Г. Проблемы межрегиональной корреляции четвертичных отложений в свете новых данных по стратиграфии плейстоцена европейской части СССР / Шик С.М. Проблемы стратиграфии четвертичных отложений Прибалтийского пегиона и их межрегиональной корреляции / Гайгалас А.И. Флювиальный процесс на равнинах умеренного пояса в плейстоцене / Волков И.А. Особенности стратиграфического расчленения плейстоцена внутриконтинентальных горных областей / Ендрихинскии А.С. Почвообразование и лессонакопление в плейстоцене юого-восточной части Западной Сибири / Зыкина В.С., Ким Ю.В. Териофауна последнего межледниковья / Алексеева Л.И. Разрез с раннеплейстоценовой вят-кинской фауной и флорой на юге Западной Сибири / Архипов С.А., Круковер А.А., Шелкоnляс В.Н. Мелкие млекопитающие тобольского горизонта / Круковер А.А. Стратиграфия неоген-четвертичных отложений Чулымо-Енисейской впадины по палеомагнитным и биостратиграфическим данным / Колыхалов Ю. М., Нечаева Е.К., Величко Н.Н. Экскурс геомагнитного поля Каргаполово (Лашамр) ~ 40 тыс. лет назад по отложениям в районе средней Оби (разрез Чагин Яр) / Куликова Л. С. Межрегиональная литологическая корреляция морен / Сухорукова С.С., Судакова Н.Г., Немцова Г.М., Астапова С.Д, Фаустова М.Н. Поэднеплейстоценовая обстановка осадконакопления в центре Западной Сибири / Астахов В.И. Краткая литологическая характеристика кайнозойских отложений археологического памятника Диринг-Юрях ( tредняя Лена) / Камалетдинов В.А., Зигерт Х. Палеоклиматические реконструкции на территории СССР в главные термические максимумы голоцена (по палинологическим данным) / Климанов В.А. Изменения рас,ительного покрова и климата Колымской низменности в поэднечетвертичное время / Рыбакова Н.О. К истории растительности севера Сибирской платформы в плейстоцене и голоцене / Кулагина Н.В. Геоморфологические корреляции поэднеплейстоценовых и голоценовых террас центральной части Онежского залива / Матошко А.В., Ломакин И.Э. , Омельчук А.В., Паланский М. Г., Сорокин А.Л., Ванюхин Б.И. Микропалеонтологическая характеристика средне-верхнеплейстоценовых отложений п-ова Челюскин / Левчук Л.К., Седов В.Н., Шнейдер Г.В. Опыт комплексного биостратиграфического анализа (фораминиферового и спорово-пыльцевого) донных отложений Баренцева моря / Иванова Л.В., Лебедева Р.М. Стратиграфия позднеnлейстоценово-голоuеновых осадков Берингийского шельфа по комплексам диатомей / Полякова Е.И. , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Call number: PIK N 453-08-0117 ; AWI P7-22-6890
    In: Les rapports du Sénat, 230
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 214 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Les rapports du Sénat 230
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS COMPOSITION OF THE OFFICE CONTENTS INTRODUCTION I. THE POLAR REGIONS: AN URGENT NEED FOR PROTECTION A. EXTREME BUT FRAGILE REGIONS 1. The Arctic Ocean 2. Antarctica B. FRANCE'S RESPONSIBILITY IN THE ANTARCTICA TREATY 1. The origins of the treaty and the Antarctic system 2. Mining a suspended issue 3. Tourism: a new peaceful threat? II. THE POLES: THEIR KEY ROLE IN UNDERSTANDING CLIMATE CHANGE A. UNDERSTANDING PAST CLIMATES TO UNDERSTAND THE FUTURE CLIMATE 1. Recent ice cores from Greenland 2. lce cores from Antarctica 3. Ocean core samples: the transpolar link 4. The future of glacial core sampling B. THERMOHALINE CIRCULATION 1. The general circulation system 2. The importance of the creation of cold, deep waters 3. The Antarctic Ocean, a carbon sink C. THE POLAR REGIONS AT THE HEART OF GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANGE 1. Will the Arctic ice shelf disappear in the summer? 2. Will Greenland melt completely? 3. Can a diagnosis be made concerning the assessment of Antarctica's mass? III. FRANCE'S FIRST-CLASS BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH A. AN EXCEPTIONAL HERITAGE 1. A unique geographic situation 2. 40 to 50 years of continuous observations B. ADAPTING TO GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANGE AND EXTREME ENVIRONMENTS 1. Adapting to climate change 2. Understanding the adaptation to extreme environments C. INNOVATIVE RESEARCH 1. The equipment of animals 2. Hormonal, molecular and genetic research 3. The implications for the organization of research IV. OBSERVING THE EARTH, OBSERVING THE UNIVERSE A. OBSERVATORIES FOR THE EARTH AND THE UPPER ATMOSPHERE 1. Seismology 2. Measuring gravity and terrestrial magnetism 3. Studying the stratosphere and monitoring the ozone layer '1. Observing the ionosphere B. ANTARCTIC ASTRONOMY: A NEW FIELD 1. Recognizing this fast-growing discipline 2. Concordia: the best site in the world/or astronomic observations? 3. Searching for meteorites in Antarctica 4. Measuring cosmic radiation V. PREPARING THE SPACE MISSIONS IN ANTARCTICA A. PREPARING AND VALIDATING THE SATELLITE MISSIONS 1. Space and the polar regions: preparation complementarity 2. Validating on the ground observations made from space B. PREPARING MANNED SPACE FLIGHTS AND MOON OR MARS-BASED STATIONS 1. Concordia - a unique research site 2. Studying behaviour in an extreme environment 3. Physiological studies C. TESTING EXPLORATION MATERIAL 1. American examples and projects 2. European perspectives VI. FRANCE'S PRESENCE IN THE POLAR REGIONS A. DEVELOPING FRANCE'S PRESENCE IN THE ARCTIC, STRENGTHENING ITS PRESENCE IN ANTARCTICA 1. Developing France's Arctic presence 2. Strengthening our presence in the southern regions B. IPEV (THE FRENCH PAUL-EMILE VICTOR INSTITUTE), AN AGENCY OF MEANS VII. INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION: A NECESSITY AND A GOAL A. HOW TO ENCOURAGE A EUROPEAN PROCESS? 1. The European Union: a sufficient framework? 2. The practical and political limitations of cooperation 3. Towards an Italian-German-French engine? B. WHAT INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION FOR FRANCE ON THE EVE OF THE IPY? 1. Excellence, proximity and longevity: three key criteria for cooperation 2. Developing a network for the stations VIII. THE RAPPORTEUR'S CONCLUSIONS AND PROPOSALS 1. Strategic regions 2. Regions to protect 3. Essential regions for understanding climate change 4. Life in the polar regions: of great value to humanity 5. The polar regions: an observatory for the Earth 6. Strongly support the development of astronomy at Concordia 7. Take advantage of the polar regions' complementarity with the space missions 8. Strengthen France's presence in the polar regions 9. Reorganize France's presence in the polar regions 10. Better coordinate polar research 11. Solve the problem of insufficient funding for polar-research logistics 12. Define a French strategy for European and international cooperation APPENDICES SPEAKERS PROCEEDINGS OF THE 1 MARCH 2007 SEMINAR: "OPENING OF THE INTERNATIONAL POLAR YEAR IN FRANCE" PART ONE: LUNCH-DEBATE I. MR. HENRI REVOL, PRESIDENT OF THE OPECST II. MR. JEAN-LOUIS ETIENNE PART TWO: OFFICIAL OPENING SESSION I. INTRODUCTION A. MR. CHRISTIAN GAUDIN, SENATOR, RAPPORTEUR FOR THE OPECST B. MS. CATHERINE BRECHIGNAC, PRESIDENT OF THE CENTRE NATIONAL DE LA RECHERCHE SCIENTIFIQUE (CNRS) C. MR. MICHEL JARRAUD, SECRETARY-GENERAL OF THE WORLD METEOROLOGICAL ORGANIZATION D. MR. CHRISTIAN COINTAT, SENATOR, PRESIDENT OF THE ANTARCTIC AND ARTIC STUDY GROUP II. OFFICIAL OPENING OF THE INTERNATIONAL POLAR YEAR IN FRANCE BY MR. CHRISTIAN PONCELET, PRESIDENT OF THE SENATE III. THEMATIC DEBATE-THE POLES: INDICATORS AND EVIDENCE FOR MANKIND A. MS. NELLY OLIN, MINISTER OF ECOLOGY AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT B. MS. VALERIE MASSON-DELMOTTE, CLIMATOLOGIST, CEA C. MR. YVON LE MAHO, BIOLOGIST, CNRS D. MS. JOELLE ROBERT-LAMBLIN, ANTHROPOLOGIST, CNRS E. DEBATE IV. CLOSING SPEECHES A. MR. FRAN〈;:OIS GOULARD, MINISTER FOR HIGHER EDUCATION AND RESEARCH B. HIS SERENE HIGHNESS PRINCE ALBERT II OF MONACO APPENDICES APPENDIX 1: DOCUMENTS PRESENTED BY MS. VALERIE MASSONDELMOTTE, CLIMATOLOGIST - CEA APPENDIX 2: DOCUMENTS PRESENTED BY MS. JOELLE ROBERTLAMBLIN, ANTHROPOLOGIST - CNRS APPENDIX 3: DOCUMENTS PRESENTED BY MR. YVON LE MAHO, BIOLOGIST- CNRS
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Chichester : Wiley
    Call number: AWI G3-08-0013 ; 13/M 13.0053 ; AWI G3-22-5374
    Description / Table of Contents: The periglacial environment, Third Edition, provides an authoritative overview of the world's cold, non-glacial environments. Emphasis is placed upon the North American and Eurasian polar lowlands. Examples are also drawn from Antarctica, the Qinghai-Xizang (Tibet) Plateau, and the northern mid-latitudes. [...] The Third Edition continues to be a personal interpretation of the frost-induced conditions, geomorphic processes, and landforms that typify periglacial environments. The text is divided into four parts. Part One discusses the periglacial concept and its interactions with geomorphology, geocryology and Quaternary science. It also outlines the range and variability of periglacial climates and the degree to which landscapes are in geomorphic equilibrium with prevailing periglacial conditions. Part Two describes present-day terrain that is either underlain by permafrost or experiencing intense frost action. The roles played by cryogenic weathering, ground ice, mass wasting, running water, wind action, snow and ice, and coastal processes are systematically analysed. Part Three summarizes evidence for the existence of periglacial conditions during the cold periods of the Pleistocene. Special reference is made to the mid-latitudes of Europe and North America. Part Four illustrates the geotechnical problems associated with human activity and resource development in periglacial environments, and discusses the potential impact of global climate change in the northern high latitudes.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 458 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Third edition
    ISBN: 9780470865897
    Classification:
    Geography and Geomorphology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface to First Edition. - Preface to Second Edition. - Preface to Third Edition. - Acknowledgments. - Part I The Periglacial Domain. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 The Periglacial Concept. - 1.2 Disciplinary Considerations. - 1.2.1 The Growth of Geocryology. - 1.2.2 The Changing Nature of Quaternary Science. - 1.2.3 Modern Periglacial Geomorphology. - 1.3 The Growth of Periglacial Knowledge. - 1.4 The Periglacial Domain. - 1.5 The Scope of Periglacial Geomorphology. - 1.5.1 Permafrost-Related Processes and Landforms. - 1.5.2 Azonal Processes and Landforms. - 1.5.3 Paleo-Environmental Reconstruction. - 1.5.4 Applied Periglacial Geomorphology. - Advanced Reading. - Discussion Topics. - 2 Periglacial Landscapes?. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Proglacial, Paraglacial or Periglacial?. - 2.3 Unglaciated Periglacial Terrain. - 2.3.1 Beaufort Plain, Northwest Banks Island, Arctic Canada. - 2.3.2 Barn Mountains, Northern Interior Yukon Territory, Canada. - 2.4 Relict Periglacial Landscapes. - 2.4.1 Chalk Uplands, Southern England and Northern France. - 2.4.2 Pine Barrens, Southern New Jersey, Eastern USA. - 2.5 Conclusions. - Advanced Reading. - Discussion Topics. - 3 Periglacial Climates. - 3.1 Boundary Conditions. - 3.2 Periglacial Climates. - 3.2.1 High Arctic Climates. - 3.2.2 Continental Climates. - 3.2.3 Qinghai-Xizang (Tibet) Plateau. - 3.2.4 Alpine Climates. - 3.2.5 Climates of Low Annual Temperature Range. - 3.2.6 Antarctica: A Special Case. - 3.3 Ground Climates. - 3.3.1 The n-Factor. - 3.3.2 The Thermal Offset. - 3.4 Periglacial Climates and the Cryosphere. - Advanced Reading. - Discussion Topics. - Part II Present-Day Periglacial Environments. - 4 Cold-Climate Weathering. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Ground Freezing. - 4.2.1 The Freezing Process. - 4.2.2 Ice Segregation. - 4.2.3 The Frozen Fringe. - 4.2.4 Frost Heave. - 4.3 Freezing and Thawing. - 4.4 The Ground-Temperature Regime. - 4.4.1 The Seasonal Regime. - 4.4.2 Short-Term Fluctuations. - 4.5 Rock (Frost?) Shattering. - 4.5.1 Frost Action and Ice Segregation. - 4.5.2 Frost Weathering Models. - 4.5.3 Insolation Weathering and Thermal Shock. - 4.5.4 Discussion and Perspective. - 4.6 Chemical Weathering. - 4.6.1 General. - 4.6.2 Solution and Karstification. - 4.6.3 Salt Weathering. - 4.7 Cryogenic Weathering. - 4.8 Cryobiological Weathering. - 4.9 Cryopedology. - 4.9.1 Cryosols. - 4.9.2 Soil Micromorphology. - Advanced Reading. - Discussion Topics. - 5 Permafrost. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.1.1 Definition. - 5.1.2 Moisture and Ice within Permafrost. - 5.2 Thermal and Physical Properties. - 5.2.1 The Geothermal Regime. - 5.2.2 Physical Properties. - 5.2.3 Thermal Properties. - 5.3 How Does Permafrost Aggrade?. - 5.3.1 General Principles. - 5.3.2 The Illisarvik Drained-Lake Experiment. - 5.4 Distribution of Permafrost. - 5.4.1 Latitudinal Permafrost. - 5.4.2 Alpine (Mountain) Permafrost. - 5.4.3 Montane Permafrost of Central Asia and China. - 5.5 Relict Permafrost. - 5.5.1 Sub-Sea Permafrost. - 5.5.2 Relict (Terrestrial) Permafrost. - 5.6 Permafrost Hydrology. - 5.6.1 Aquifers. - 5.6.2 Hydrochemistry. - 5.6.3 Groundwater Icings. - 5.7 Permafrost and Terrain Conditions. - 5.7.1 Relief and Aspect. - 5.7.2 Rock Type. - 5.7.3 Vegetation. - 5.7.4 Snow Cover. - 5.7.5 Fire. - 5.7.6 Lakes and Surface Water Bodies. - 5.8 The Active Layer. - 5.8.1 The Transient Layer. - 5.8.2 The Stefan Equation. - 5.8.3 Active-Layer Thermal Regime. - Advanced Reading. - Discussion Topics. - 6 Surface Features of Permafrost. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Thermal-Contraction-Crack Polygons. - 6.2.1 Coefficients of Thermal Expansion and Contraction. - 6.2.2 Ice, Sand, and Soil Wedges. - 6.2.3 Development of the Polygon Net. - 6.2.4 Polygon Morphology. - 6.2.5 Controls Over Cracking. - 6.2.6 Climatic Significance. - 6.3 Organic Terrain. - 6.3.1 Palsas. - 6.3.2 Peat Plateaus. - 6.4 Rock Glaciers. - 6.4.1 Creeping Permafrost. - 6.4.2 Types and Distribution. - 6.4.3 Origin. - 6.5 Frost Mounds. - 6.5.1 Perennial-Frost Mounds. - 6.5.2 Hydraulic (Open) System Pingos. - 6.5.3 Hydrostatic (Closed) System Pingos. - 6.5.4 Other Perennial-Frost Mounds. - 6.5.5 Seasonal-Frost Mounds. - 6.5.6 Hydrolaccoliths and Other Frost-Induced Mounds. - 6.6 Active-Layer Phenomena. - 6.6.1 Bedrock Heave. - 6.6.2 Needle Ice. - 6.6.3 Cryoturbation and Frost Heave. - 6.6.4 Frost Sorting. - 6.6.5 Patterned Ground. - Advanced Reading. - Discussion Topics. - 7 Ground lce. - 7.1 Introduction. - 7.2 Classification. - 7.2.1 Pore Ice. - 7.2.2 Segregated Ice. - 7.2.3 Intrusive Ice. - 7.2.4 Vein Ice. - 7.2.5 Other Types of Ice. - 7.3 Ice Distribution. - 7.3.1 Amounts. - 7.3.2 Distribution with Depth. - 7.3.3 Ice in Bedrock. - 7.3.4 Ice in Unconsolidated Sediments. - 7.4 Cryostratigraphy and Cryolithology. - 7.4.1 Cryostructures, Cryotextures, and Cryofacies. - 7.4.2 Epigenetic and Syngenetic Cryostructures. - 7.4.3 Thaw Unconformities. - 7.4.4 Ice Crystallography. - 7.4.5 Ice Geochemistry. - 7.4.6 Cryostratigraphy and Past Environments. - 7.5 Ice Wedges. - 7.5.1 Epigenetic Wedges. - 7.5.2 Syngenetic Wedges. - 7.5.3 Anti-Syngenetic Wedges. - 7.6 Massive Ice and Massive-Icy Bodies. - 7.6.1 Nature and Extent. - 7.6.2 Intra-Sedimental Ice. - 7.6.3 Buried Glacier Ice. - 7.6.4 Other Mechanisms. - Advanced Reading. - Discussion Topics. - 8 Thermokarst. - 8.1 Introduction. - 8.2 Causes of Thermokarst. - 8.2.1 General. - 8.2.2 Specific. - 8.3 Thaw-Related Processes. - 8.3.1 Thermokarst Subsidence. - 8.3.2 Thermal Erosion. - 8.3.3 Other Processes. - 8.4 Thermokarst Sediments and Structures. - 8.4.1 Involuted Sediments. - 8.4.2 Retrogressive-Thaw-Slumps and Debris-Flow Deposits. - 8.4.3 Ice-Wedge Pseudomorphs and Composite-Wedge Casts. - 8.4.4 Ice, Silt, Sand, and Gravel Pseudomorphs. - 8.5 Ice-Wedge Thermokarst Relief. - 8.5.1 Low-Centered Polygons. - 8.5.2 High-Centered Polygons. - 8.5.3 Badland Thermokarst Relief. - 8.6 Thaw Lakes and Depressions. - 8.6.1 Morphology. - 8.6.2 Growth and Drainage. - 8.6.3 Oriented Thaw Lakes. - 8.7 Thermokarst-Affected Terrain. - 8.7.1 The Lowlands of Central and Northern Siberia. - 8.7.2 The Western North American Arctic. - 8.8 Human-Induced Thermokarst. - 8.8.1 Causes. - 8.8.2 Case Studies. - Advanced Reading. - Discussion Topics. - 9 Hillslope Processes and Slope Evolution. - 9.1 Introduction. - 9.2 Slope Morphology. - 9.2.1 The Free-Face Model. - 9.2.2 Rectilinear Debris-Mantled Slopes. - 9.2.3 Convexo-Concavo Debris-Mantled Slopes. - 9.2.4 Pediment-Like Slopes. - 9.2.5 Stepped Profiles. - 9.3 Mass Wasting. - 9.4 Slow Mass-Wasting Processes. - 9.4.1 Solifluction. - 9.4.2 Frost Creep. - 9.4.3 Gelifluction. - 9.4.4 Solifluction Deposits and Phenomena. - 9.5 Rapid Mass Wasting. - 9.5.1 Active-Layer-Detachment Slides. - 9.5.2 Debris Flows, Slushflows, and Avalanches. - 9.5.3 Rockfall. - 9.6 Slopewash. - 9.6.1 Snow-Bank Hydrology. - 9.6.2 Surface and Subsurface Wash. - 9.7 Frozen and Thawing Slopes. - 9.7.1 Permafrost Creep. - 9.7.2 Thermokarst and Thaw Consolidation. - 9.7.3 Stability of Thawing Slopes. - 9.8 Cold-Climate Slope Evolution. - 9.8.1 Cryoplanation. - 9.8.2 Slope Replacement and Richter Denudation Slopes. - 9.8.3 Rapidity of Profile Change. - 9.8.4 Summary. - Advanced Reading. - Discussion Topics. - 10 Azonal Processes and Landforms. - 10.1 Introduction. - 10.2 Fluvial Processes and Landforms. - 10.2.1 Major Rivers. - 10.2.2 Freeze-Up and Break-Up. - 10.2.3 Basin Hydrology. - 10.2.4 Sediment Flow, Surface Transport, and Denudation. - 10.2.5 Fluvio-Thermal Erosion. - 10.2.6 Channel Morphology. - 10.2.7 Valley Asymmetry. - 10.3 Eolian Processes and Sediments. - 10.3.1 Wind Abrasion. - 10.3.2 Wind Deflation. - 10.3.3 Niveo-Eolian Sediments. - 10.3.4 Loess-Like Silt. - 10.3.5 Sand Dunes and San
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94800
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: ix, 85 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2006
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Wiesbaden : VS, Verl. für Sozialwiss.
    Call number: IASS 14.0065/1 ; IASS 14.0065/2
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 306 S. , graph. Darst.
    Edition: 3., grundlegend überarb. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9783531162591
    Former Title: Frühere Aufl. u.d.T.: Bogner, Alexander: Das Experteninterview
    Branch Library: RIFS Library
    Branch Library: RIFS Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Call number: 5/M 11.0046 ; 5/M 13.0175
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: Preface; 1. Basic tools; 2. Elasticity and Hooke's law; 3. Seismic wave propagation; 4. Effective elastic media: bounds and mixing laws; 5. Granular media; 6. Fluid effects on wave propagation; 7. Empirical relations; 8. Flow and diffusion; 9. Electrical properties; 10. Appendices; References; Index.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Rock Physics Handbook addresses the relationships between geophysical observations and the underlying physical properties of rocks. It distills a vast quantity of background theory and laboratory results into a series of concise chapters that provide practical solutions to problems in geophysical data interpretation. This expanded second edition presents major new chapters on statistical rock physics and velocity-porosity-clay models for clastic sediments. Other new and expanded topics include anisotropic seismic signatures, borehole waves, models for fractured media, poroelastic models, and attenuation models. This new edition also provides an enhanced set of appendices with key empirical results, data tables, and an atlas of reservoir rock properties - extended to include carbonates, clays, gas hydrates, and heavy oils. Supported by a website hosting MATLAB routines for implementing the various rock physics formulas, this book is a vital resource for advanced students and university faculty, as well as petroleum industry geophysicists and engineers. A significantly expanded new edition of this practical guide to rock physics and geophysical interpretation for reservoir geophysicists and engineers.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 511 S. , graph. Darst.
    Edition: 2nd ed.
    ISBN: 9780521861366
    Classification:
    Petrophysics
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Call number: 14593
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 583 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 354011517X , 038711517X
    Series Statement: Modern crystallography / Boris K. Vainshtein (ed.-in-chief) ; Vol. 4 37
    Language: English
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94742
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 323, [10] Seiten , Illustrationen , 25 cm
    ISBN: 978-5-02-023245-7 , 9785020232457
    Language: Russian
    Note: In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Dissertations
    Dissertations
    Potsdam : Universität Potsdam
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94736
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: IX, 190 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2008 , Table of contents Kurzfassung Abstract Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 Scientific background 1.1.1 Arctic environmental dynamics 1.1.2 Freshwater ostracods and their use in palaeoenvironmental studies 1.1.3 Permafrost and periglacial environment 1.2 Aims and approaches 1.3 Study region 1.3.1 Study sites 1.3.2 Geological characteristics 1.3.3 Climate 1.3.4 Periglacial freshwaters 1.4 Synopsis Chapter 2: Arctic freshwater ostracods from modern periglacial environments in the Lena River Delta (Siberian Arctic, Russia): geochemical applications for palaeoenvironmental reconstructions 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study area and types of water bodies 2.4 Materials and methods 2.5 Results 2.5.1 Physico-chemical characteristics of the ostracod habitats 2.5.2 Ostracod taxonomy and environmental ranges of their habitats 2.5.3 Ostracod geochemistry 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 Taxonomy and ecology of ostracods 2.6.2 Element ratios in ostracods and ambient waters 2.6.3 Stable isotopes in ostracods and ambient waters 2.7 Conclusions Chapter 3: Evaporation effects as reflected in freshwaters and ostracod calcite from modern environments in Central and Northeast Yakutia (East Siberia, Russia) 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study area 3.4 Material and methods 3.4.1 Field work 3.4.2 Water analyses 3.4.3 Ostracod analyses 3.5 Results 3.5.1 Physico-chemical characteristics of the lakes and ponds 3.5.2 Ostracod taxonomy and environmental ranges 3.5.3 Stable isotopes in host waters and ostracod calcite 3.5.4 Element ratios in host waters and ostracod calcite 3.6 Discussion 3.6.1 Physico-chemical characteristics of the lakes and ponds 3.6.2 Ostracod taxonomy, biogeography, and environmental ranges 3.6.3 Stable isotopes in ostracod calcite 3.6.4 Element ratios in ostracod calcite 3.7 Conclusions Chapter 4: Eemian and Late Glacial/Holocene palaeoenvironmental records from permafrost sequences at the Dimitri Laptev Strait (NE Siberia, Russia) 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Regional setting 4.4 Material and methods 4.4.1 Field methods and cryolithology 4.4.2 Geochronology 4.4.3 Sedimentology and stable isotopes 4.4.4 Palaeoecological proxies 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Geochronology, lithostratigraphy, sedimentology, and cryolithology 4.5.1.1 Eemian sequences 4.4.1.2 Late Glacial/Holocene sequences 4.5.2 Stable isotope ground ice records 4.5.3 Pollen studies 4.5.3.1 Eemian sequences 4.5.3.2 Late Glacial/Holocene sequences 4.5.4 Ostracod studies 4.5.4.1 Eemian sequences 4.5.4.2 Late Glacial/Holocene sequences 4.6 Discussion and Interpretation 4.6.1 Local palaeoenvironmental changes during the Eemian 4.6.2 Local palaeoenvironmental changes during the Late Glacial/Holocene 4.6.3 Palaeoenvironmental interpretation of ostracod calcite δ18O data 4.7 Conclusions Chapter 5: Synthesis 5.1 Taxonomy and ecology of ostracods 5.2 Geochemistry of ostracods 5.3 Indicator potential of freshwater ostracods in late Quaternary permafrost deposits 5.4 Outlook Appendix I: Freshwater ostracodes in Quaternary permafrost deposits in the Siberian Arctic I.1 Abstract I.2 Introduction I.3 Study area and geological background I.4 Materials and methods I.5 Results and interpretations I.5.1 Ostracode zone I I.5.2 Ostracode zone II I.5.3 Ostracode zone III I.5.4 Ostracode zone IV I.5.5 Ostracode zone V I.5.6 Ostracode zone VI I.6 Conclusions 125 Appendix II: Palaeoenvironmental dynamics inferred from late Quaternary permafrost deposits on Kurungnakh Island, Lena Delta, Northeast Siberia, Russia II.1 Abstract II.2 Introduction II.3 Regional setting II.4 Material and methods II.4.1 Sedimentology and cryolithology II.4.2 Geochronology II.4.3 Stable isotopes II.3.4 Palaeoecological proxies II.5 Results II.5.1 Lithostratigraphy, sedimentology, and cryolithology II.5.1.1 Unit I II.5.1.2 Unit II II.5.1.3 Unit III II.5.1.4 Unit IV II.5.1.5 Unit V II.5.2 Geochronology II.5.3 Oxygen and hydrogen stable isotopes of ground ice II.5.4 Palynological studies II.5.5 Plant macrofossils II.5.6 Ostracod remains II.5.7 Insect remains II.5.8 Mammal remains II.6 Discussion II.6.1 Local stratigraphic and palaeoenvironmental interpretation II.6.2 Beringian palaeoenvironmental context II.7 Conclusions Supplementary data A Supplementary data B Supplementary data C Appendix III: Data tables from Chapters 2 and 3 Appendix IV: References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...